1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17876 36878))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17851 10813))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17852 50694))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17851 10852))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17851 10813))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17851 10813))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17856 1487))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17851 10865))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
855 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17851 10813))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17851 10866))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17851 10850))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
960 (defvar appt-audible t "\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
965 (defvar appt-visible t "\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
983 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
995 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17851 10813))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1083 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17851
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17851 10814))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17851
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1230 How to quit artist mode
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1235 How to submit a bug report
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17851
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17851 10814))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1459 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1460 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1461 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1463 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1465 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1466 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1467 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1468 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1469 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1470 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1471 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1472 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1473 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1474 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1477 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1478 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1479 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1480 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1481 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1483 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1487 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1488 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1489 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1491 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1492 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1494 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1496 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1497 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1498 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1499 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1500 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1501 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1503 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1509 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1510 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
1511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1513 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1514 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1520 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1521 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17851 10814))
1522 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1524 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1525 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1526 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1530 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1531 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1532 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1533 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1535 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1537 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1538 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1539 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1546 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1548 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1549 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1551 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1552 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1559 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1560 ;;;;;; (17860 50251))
1561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1563 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1564 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1565 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1566 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1567 save the buffer too.
1569 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1571 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1573 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1574 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1575 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1576 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1577 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1578 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1580 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1581 directory or directories specified.
1583 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1585 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1586 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1587 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1593 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1594 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1595 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17851 10814))
1596 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1598 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1599 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1601 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1602 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1603 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1604 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1605 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1610 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1612 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1613 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1617 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1618 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1619 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1621 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1622 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1623 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1624 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1625 reflected in the current buffer.
1627 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1628 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1629 writing before you save the file!
1631 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1635 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1636 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1638 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1639 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1643 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1644 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1645 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1648 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1650 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1652 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1653 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1655 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1656 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1657 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1664 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17851 10814))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1667 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1668 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1669 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1671 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1673 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1675 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1676 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1677 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1678 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1680 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1681 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1682 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1684 Effects of the different modes:
1685 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1686 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1687 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1688 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1689 a random distance & direction.
1690 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1691 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1692 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1694 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1696 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1697 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1698 definition of \"random distance\".)
1700 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1704 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1705 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
1706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1708 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1709 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1711 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1712 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1716 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1717 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1718 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1719 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1721 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1723 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1725 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1729 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1730 ;;;;;; (17851 10815))
1731 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1732 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1734 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1735 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1736 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1737 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1741 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1742 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1743 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1746 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1748 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1750 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1752 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1754 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1761 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1762 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17851 10852))
1763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1765 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1766 Time execution of FORMS.
1767 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1768 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1770 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1771 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1772 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1774 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1776 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1777 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1778 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1779 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1780 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1782 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1784 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1785 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1786 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1787 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1788 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1790 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17851
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1798 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1799 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1801 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1803 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1804 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1805 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1806 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1808 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1809 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1810 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1811 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1812 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1814 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1815 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1818 Special information:
1820 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1822 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1823 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1824 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1825 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1826 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1827 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1828 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1829 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1830 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1831 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1832 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1834 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1835 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1836 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1837 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1838 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1839 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1840 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1841 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1843 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1845 ----------------------------------------------------------
1846 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1847 if that value is non-nil.
1855 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1856 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1857 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
1858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1860 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1862 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1863 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1864 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1866 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1868 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1869 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1871 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1873 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1874 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1876 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1880 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17851
1882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1884 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1886 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1890 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1891 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1892 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1893 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1894 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1899 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1900 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1903 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1906 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1907 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1909 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1910 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1912 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1913 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1914 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1915 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1916 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1917 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1921 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1923 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1924 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1925 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1926 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1928 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1929 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1930 denoted by the letter `R'.
1932 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1933 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1934 denoted by the letter `H'.
1936 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1939 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1940 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1941 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1942 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1943 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1944 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1947 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1948 degree deflection it causes.
1951 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1952 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1953 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1954 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1955 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1956 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1957 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1961 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1962 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1965 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1966 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1967 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1968 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1969 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1970 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1971 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1974 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1975 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1976 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1977 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1978 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1979 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1980 emerging from the box.
1982 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1989 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1993 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2000 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2001 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2002 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2003 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17851 10815))
2004 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2005 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2006 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2007 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2009 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2010 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2011 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2012 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2013 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2014 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2015 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2016 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2017 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2018 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2019 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2020 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2021 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2022 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2023 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2024 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2025 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2026 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2029 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2030 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2031 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2032 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2033 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2034 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2035 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2036 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2039 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2040 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2041 yank successive words.
2043 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2044 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2045 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2046 name of the file being visited.
2048 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2049 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2050 the list of bookmarks.)
2052 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2054 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2055 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2056 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2057 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2058 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2061 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2062 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2063 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2064 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2066 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2068 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2069 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2070 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2071 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2072 after a bookmark was set in it.
2074 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2076 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2077 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2078 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2079 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2083 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2085 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2086 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2087 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2088 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2090 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2091 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2092 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2094 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2095 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2098 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2100 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2101 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2102 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2103 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2104 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2107 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2109 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2110 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2111 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2112 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2113 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2114 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2115 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2116 probably because we were called from there.
2118 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2120 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2121 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2122 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2126 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2127 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2128 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2129 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2132 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2133 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2134 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2135 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2136 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2138 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2139 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2140 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2141 `bookmark-default-file'.
2143 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2145 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2146 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2147 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2148 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2149 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2152 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2153 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2154 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2155 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2156 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2159 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2160 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2161 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2162 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2164 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2166 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2167 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2168 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2169 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2170 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2174 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2176 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2178 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2180 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2184 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2185 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2186 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2187 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2188 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2189 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2190 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2191 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2192 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2193 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17851 10863))
2194 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2196 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2197 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2198 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2199 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2201 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2202 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2203 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2204 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2205 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2207 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2209 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2210 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2212 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2214 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2215 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2217 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2219 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2224 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2225 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2226 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2227 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2228 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2229 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2231 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2233 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2234 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2235 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2236 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2239 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2241 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2242 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2246 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2247 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2249 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2251 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2252 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2253 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2254 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2256 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2258 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2259 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2260 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2261 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2265 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2267 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2268 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2269 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2275 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2276 Default to the URL around or before point.
2278 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2279 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2280 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2281 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2283 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2284 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2287 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2288 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2290 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2292 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2293 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2294 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2295 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2297 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2298 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2299 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2300 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2303 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2304 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2306 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2307 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2318 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2319 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2322 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2323 new tab in an existing window instead.
2325 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2326 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2333 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2336 When called interactively, if variable
2337 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2338 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2339 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2340 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2343 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2344 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2346 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2347 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2349 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2350 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2351 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2352 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2353 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2354 URL in a new window.
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2358 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2360 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2361 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2365 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2366 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2369 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2370 new tab in an existing window instead.
2372 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2373 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2375 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2377 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2379 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2380 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2384 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2385 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2397 program is invoked according to the variable
2398 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2400 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2401 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2402 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2403 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2406 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2411 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2412 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2413 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2415 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2418 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2419 Default to the URL around or before point.
2421 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2422 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2423 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2427 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2428 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2431 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2435 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2436 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2437 Default to the URL around or before point.
2439 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2441 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2442 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2443 Default to the URL around or before point.
2445 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2446 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2447 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2456 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2457 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2464 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2465 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2472 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2475 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2476 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2477 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2484 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point.
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2491 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2492 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2493 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2494 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2497 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2498 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2499 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2500 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2503 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2509 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2510 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2511 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2512 don't offer a form of remote control.
2514 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2516 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2517 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2518 Default to the URL around or before point.
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17851
2526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2528 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2529 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2533 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2534 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2540 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2541 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17851 10816))
2542 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2544 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2545 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2546 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2547 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2551 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2552 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2553 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2554 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2558 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2559 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2563 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2564 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2566 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2567 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2568 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2569 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2571 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2572 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2573 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2574 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2575 name of buffer configuration.
2581 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2582 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17851
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2586 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2587 Keymap used by buttons.")
2589 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2590 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2591 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2593 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2594 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2595 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2596 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2597 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2598 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2600 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2601 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2602 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2603 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2605 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2607 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2608 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2609 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2610 specifying properties to add to the button.
2611 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2612 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2613 `define-button-type'.
2615 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2617 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2619 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2620 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2621 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2622 specifying properties to add to the button.
2623 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2624 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2625 `define-button-type'.
2627 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2629 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2631 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2632 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2633 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2634 specifying properties to add to the button.
2635 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2636 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2637 `define-button-type'.
2639 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2640 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2641 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2644 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2646 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2648 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2649 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2650 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2651 specifying properties to add to the button.
2652 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2653 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2654 `define-button-type'.
2656 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2657 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2658 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2659 `insert-text-button'.
2661 Also see `make-text-button'.
2663 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2667 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2668 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2669 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2670 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2671 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17873 60335))
2672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2673 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2674 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2675 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2677 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2682 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2683 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2684 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2686 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2688 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2689 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2690 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2691 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2693 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2694 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2695 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2696 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2697 whether to compile it.
2699 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2701 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2702 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2704 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2705 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2707 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2708 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2709 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2710 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2711 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2712 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2714 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2716 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2717 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2718 Print the result in the echo area.
2719 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2723 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2724 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2725 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2727 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2729 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2730 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2731 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2732 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2733 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2734 all functions called by those functions.
2736 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2737 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2740 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2741 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2742 invoked interactively.
2744 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2746 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2747 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2748 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2749 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2753 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2754 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2755 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2756 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2757 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2758 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2759 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2762 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2764 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2765 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2766 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2767 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2769 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2770 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2771 and corresponding effects.
2773 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17851 10850))
2778 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2780 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2782 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2786 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2787 ;;;;;; (17851 10850))
2788 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2790 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2791 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2792 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2793 from the cursor position.
2795 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2799 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2800 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2801 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2802 ;;;;;; (17851 10850))
2803 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2805 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2806 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2808 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2809 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2811 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2812 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2816 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2817 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2819 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2821 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2822 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2824 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2826 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2827 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2831 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2832 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2833 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2834 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2836 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2838 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2839 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2840 This is most useful in the X window system.
2841 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2842 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2844 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2846 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2847 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2848 See calc-keypad for details.
2850 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2852 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2853 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2855 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2857 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2858 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2860 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2862 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2863 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2865 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2867 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2868 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2869 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2871 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2873 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2876 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2880 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17871
2882 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2884 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2885 Run the Emacs calculator.
2886 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2892 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2893 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2894 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2895 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2896 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2897 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2898 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2899 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2900 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2901 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2902 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2903 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2904 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2905 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2906 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2907 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2908 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2909 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17851 10851))
2910 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2912 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2913 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2914 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2915 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2918 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2920 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2921 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2922 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2923 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2924 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2925 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2927 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2929 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2930 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2931 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2933 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2935 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2936 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2937 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2939 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2941 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2942 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2943 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2946 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2948 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2949 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2950 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2952 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2954 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2955 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2956 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2958 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2960 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2962 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2963 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2964 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2966 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2969 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2971 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2972 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2973 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2975 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2978 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2980 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2981 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2982 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2984 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2987 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2989 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2990 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2991 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2993 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2995 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2996 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2997 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2998 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2999 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3001 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3003 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3004 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3005 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3006 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3007 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3008 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3009 a function is also provided for this:
3010 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3012 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3013 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3014 date is not visible in the window.
3016 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3017 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3018 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3020 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3022 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3023 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3025 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3026 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3027 date is visible in the window.
3029 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3030 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3031 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3033 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3035 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3036 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3040 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3042 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3044 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3046 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3047 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3049 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3050 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3058 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3059 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3060 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3061 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3062 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3063 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3064 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3065 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3066 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3067 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3068 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3069 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3072 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3073 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3074 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3075 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3083 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3084 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3086 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3087 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3088 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3089 window but will appear in a diary window.
3091 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3092 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3094 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3095 entries (in the default American style):
3097 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3098 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3099 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3101 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3102 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3103 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3104 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3105 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3106 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3107 &* 15 time cards due.
3109 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3110 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3111 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3115 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3116 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3117 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3118 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3119 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3120 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3122 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3123 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3124 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3126 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3128 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3130 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3131 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3132 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3133 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3134 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3135 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3136 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3137 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3138 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3139 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3142 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3143 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3144 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3145 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3146 documentation for these functions for details.
3148 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3149 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3151 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3153 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3154 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3156 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3158 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3159 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3161 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3163 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3164 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3166 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3168 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3169 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3171 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3173 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3174 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3175 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3177 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3179 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3180 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3181 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3183 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3185 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3186 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3187 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3188 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3191 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3193 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3194 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3195 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3196 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3205 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3206 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3207 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3209 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3210 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3211 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3212 `american-calendar'.")
3214 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3216 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3217 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3218 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3220 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3222 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3223 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3224 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3226 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3228 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3229 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3230 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3232 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3234 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3235 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3236 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3238 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3240 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3241 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3242 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3243 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3244 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3245 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3247 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3249 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3250 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3251 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3253 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3254 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3255 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3258 #include \"filename\"
3260 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3261 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3262 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3263 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3264 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3266 For example, you could use
3268 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3269 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3270 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3272 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3273 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3274 lexicographic order.")
3276 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3278 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3279 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3280 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3282 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3284 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3285 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3286 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3289 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3290 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3291 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3292 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3293 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3294 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3295 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3297 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3298 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3299 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3300 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3301 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3302 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3303 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3304 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3306 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3308 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3309 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3310 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3311 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3312 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3313 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3314 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3316 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3318 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3319 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3321 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3322 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3323 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3325 #include \"filename\"
3326 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3327 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3328 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3329 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3330 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3332 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3334 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3335 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3336 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3337 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3338 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3339 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3340 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3342 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3344 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3345 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3346 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3349 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3351 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3352 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3353 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3354 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3355 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3357 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3359 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3361 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3362 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3363 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3365 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3367 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3369 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3371 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3373 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3375 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3377 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3379 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3381 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3383 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3385 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3386 User defined holidays.
3387 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3389 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3391 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3393 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3395 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3397 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3399 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3401 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3403 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3405 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3407 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3409 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3411 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3413 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3415 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3417 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3419 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3421 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3423 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3425 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3427 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3429 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3431 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3433 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3435 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3437 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3439 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3441 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3442 Sun-related holidays.
3443 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3445 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3447 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3449 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3450 The frame setup of the calendar.
3451 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3452 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3453 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3454 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3455 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3457 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3459 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3460 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3461 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3463 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3464 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3468 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3469 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3470 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3472 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3473 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3474 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3475 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3477 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3481 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3482 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17851 10856))
3483 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3485 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3486 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3488 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3490 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3491 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3492 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3495 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17851
3501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3502 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3506 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3507 ;;;;;; (17859 56529))
3508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3510 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3511 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3517 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3518 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3519 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3522 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3523 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3524 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3525 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3526 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3527 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3528 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3530 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3532 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3533 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3534 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3535 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3536 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3538 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3539 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3541 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3542 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3543 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3544 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3545 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3546 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3548 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3550 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3551 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3558 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3559 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3561 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3562 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3563 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3564 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3565 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3566 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3569 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3571 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3572 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3579 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3580 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3581 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3583 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3584 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3585 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3586 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3587 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3588 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3591 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3593 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3594 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3601 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3602 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3603 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3605 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3606 Major mode for editing Java code.
3607 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3608 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3609 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3610 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3613 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3615 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3616 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3623 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3624 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3625 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3627 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3628 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3629 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3630 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3631 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3632 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3635 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3637 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3638 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3645 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3646 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3647 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3648 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3650 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3651 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3652 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3653 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3654 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3655 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3658 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3660 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3661 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3667 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3668 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3669 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3670 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3671 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3672 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3676 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3677 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17851 10867))
3678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3680 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3681 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3682 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3683 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3685 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3687 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3688 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3691 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3692 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3693 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3694 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3697 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3698 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3699 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3700 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3703 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3705 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3706 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3707 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3708 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3710 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3712 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3713 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3714 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3716 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3718 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3719 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3720 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3721 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3722 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3724 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17851
3730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3731 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17854 10614))
3736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3737 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3738 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3739 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3743 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3744 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3745 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
3746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3748 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3749 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3751 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3753 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3754 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3756 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3758 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3759 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3761 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3762 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3763 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3764 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3767 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3769 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3771 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3772 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3774 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3775 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3779 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3780 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3781 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3782 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3783 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3786 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3787 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3788 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3789 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3791 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3792 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3795 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3797 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3799 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3802 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3803 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3805 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3806 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3807 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3810 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3812 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3813 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3814 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3816 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3818 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3820 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3821 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3823 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3827 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3829 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3831 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3832 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3835 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3836 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3839 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3841 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3842 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3843 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3844 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3845 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3846 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3847 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3848 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3849 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3850 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3851 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3852 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3853 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3854 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3855 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3856 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3859 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3860 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3862 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3863 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3865 | (write EXPRESSION)
3866 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3867 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3870 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3873 ;; Same as: (write string)
3875 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3876 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3877 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3880 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3881 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3882 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3883 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3884 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3885 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3887 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3888 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3890 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3893 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3894 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3895 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3897 ARG := REG | integer
3900 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3903 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3906 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3909 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3910 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3913 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3914 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3915 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3918 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3919 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3920 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3923 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3924 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3926 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3927 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3928 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3931 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3932 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3935 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3936 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3938 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3941 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3945 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3946 ;; Same meaning as C code
3947 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3949 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3954 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3955 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3958 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3959 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3963 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3967 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3968 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3969 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3971 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3972 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3973 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3975 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3976 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3977 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3978 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3979 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3982 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3984 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3985 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3986 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3987 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3988 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3989 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3991 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3993 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3994 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3995 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3997 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3999 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4003 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4004 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
4005 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4007 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4008 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4009 There are no special keybindings by default.
4011 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4012 to the action header.
4018 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4019 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4020 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4021 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4024 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4025 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4026 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
4027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4029 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4030 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4031 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4032 the users will view as each check is completed.
4036 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4037 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4038 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4039 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4040 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4041 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4042 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4043 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4045 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4047 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4048 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4049 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4050 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4051 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4052 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4053 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4054 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4056 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4058 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4059 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4060 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4061 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4062 spacing are all verified.
4066 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4067 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4068 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4069 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4070 otherwise stop after the first error.
4072 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4074 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4075 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4076 Only documentation strings are checked.
4077 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4078 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4081 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4083 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4084 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4085 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4086 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4087 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4089 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4091 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4092 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4093 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4094 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4097 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4099 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4100 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4101 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4102 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4104 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4106 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4108 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4109 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4110 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4112 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4114 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4115 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4116 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4117 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4118 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4122 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4123 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4124 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4125 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4126 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4127 space at the end of each line.
4129 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4131 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4132 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4133 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4134 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4136 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4138 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4139 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4140 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4141 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4143 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4147 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4148 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4150 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4152 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4153 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4154 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4155 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4157 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4159 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4160 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4161 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4162 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4164 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4166 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4167 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4168 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4169 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4171 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4173 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4174 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4175 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4176 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4178 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4180 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4181 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4182 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4183 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4185 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4187 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4188 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4189 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4190 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4192 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4194 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4195 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4196 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4198 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4199 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4200 checking of documentation strings.
4202 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4208 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4209 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17851
4211 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4213 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4214 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4215 Return the length of resulting text.
4217 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4219 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4220 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4224 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4225 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4226 Return the length of resulting text.
4228 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4230 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4231 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4237 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4238 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17851 10817))
4239 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4241 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4242 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4243 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4244 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4245 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4246 editing and the result is evaluated.
4248 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4250 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4251 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4252 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4253 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4254 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4256 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4260 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4261 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4262 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4263 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4264 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4266 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4267 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4268 \\{command-history-map}
4270 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4271 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17851 10852))
4278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4280 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4281 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4282 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4283 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4284 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4285 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4287 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4288 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4292 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4293 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
4294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4296 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4299 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4303 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4304 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
4305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4307 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4308 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4309 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4310 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4312 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4313 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4314 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4315 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4317 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4318 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4320 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4324 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17851
4326 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4328 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4329 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4330 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4331 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4332 of `scheme-program-name').
4333 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4334 it is given as initial input.
4335 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4336 discards input when it starts up.
4337 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4339 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4342 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4346 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4347 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4348 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17851 10860))
4349 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4351 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4352 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4353 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4356 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4357 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4358 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4359 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4361 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4363 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4364 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4365 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4367 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4369 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4370 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4371 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4373 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4375 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4376 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4377 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4379 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4381 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4382 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4384 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4385 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4386 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4388 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4389 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4393 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4394 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4396 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4397 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4398 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4400 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4404 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4405 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4406 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4407 ;;;;;; (17856 42110))
4408 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4410 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4411 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4412 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4413 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4414 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4415 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4416 functions have already modified the buffer.
4418 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4420 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4421 either globally or locally.")
4423 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4425 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4426 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4427 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4428 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4429 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4430 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4431 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4432 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4434 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4436 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4438 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4439 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4440 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4441 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4442 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4443 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4444 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4445 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4447 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4449 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4451 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4452 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4453 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4454 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4455 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4456 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4458 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4460 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4461 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4462 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4463 directory tracking functions.")
4465 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4466 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4467 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4469 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4471 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4473 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4474 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4475 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4477 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4479 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4481 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4482 Send COMMAND to current process.
4483 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4484 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4486 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4488 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4489 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4490 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4491 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4493 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4497 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17851
4499 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4501 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4502 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4503 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4504 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4506 This command pushes the mark in each window
4507 at the prior location of point in that window.
4508 If both windows display the same buffer,
4509 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4510 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4512 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4513 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4514 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4515 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4516 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4517 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4518 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4521 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4522 this command work in interlaced mode:
4523 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4524 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4525 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4527 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4531 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4532 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4533 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4534 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4535 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17851 10867))
4536 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4538 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4539 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4541 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4543 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4544 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4546 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4548 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4549 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4550 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4551 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4552 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4553 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4554 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4556 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4557 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4558 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4559 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4560 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4562 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4563 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4564 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4565 describing how the process finished.")
4567 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4568 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4569 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4570 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4572 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4573 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4574 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4576 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4578 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4579 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4580 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4581 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4583 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4585 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4586 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4588 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4589 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4591 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4593 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4594 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4595 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4596 (concat \"make -k \"
4597 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4599 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4600 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4602 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4603 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4604 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4605 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4607 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4609 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4610 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4611 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4612 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4614 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4615 and move to the source code that caused it.
4617 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4618 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4620 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4621 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4622 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4623 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4625 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4626 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4627 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4628 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4631 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4632 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4633 to a function that generates a unique name.
4635 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4637 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4638 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4639 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4640 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4642 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4643 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4644 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4645 to determine the buffer name.
4647 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4648 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4649 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4651 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4653 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4655 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4656 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4657 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4658 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4659 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4661 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4663 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4665 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4667 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4668 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4669 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4670 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4671 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4672 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4673 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4677 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4678 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4679 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4680 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4681 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4682 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4686 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4687 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4688 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4690 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4692 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4696 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4697 ;;;;;; (17851 10818))
4698 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4700 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4701 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4702 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4704 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4705 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4707 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4709 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4710 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4711 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4713 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4714 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4715 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4716 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4718 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4719 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4720 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4721 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4723 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4724 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4725 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4726 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4728 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4729 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4730 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4731 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4732 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4738 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4739 ;;;;;; (17851 10818))
4740 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4742 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4743 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4744 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4746 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4747 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4749 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4751 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4752 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4758 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4759 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4760 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4761 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17851 10818))
4762 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4764 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4765 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4766 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4767 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4770 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4772 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4773 | | 1:tc or top-center
4774 | | 2:tr or top-right
4775 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4776 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4777 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4778 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4779 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4780 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4782 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4783 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4784 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4785 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4788 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4789 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4790 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4792 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4796 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4800 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4803 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4804 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4805 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4806 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4808 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4810 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4811 Compose characters in the current region.
4813 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4814 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4816 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4818 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4819 specifying the region.
4821 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4822 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4823 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4825 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4826 of the text in the region.
4828 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4830 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4831 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4832 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4833 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4835 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4836 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4839 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4840 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4841 text in the composition.
4843 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4845 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4846 Decompose text in the current region.
4848 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4849 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4851 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4853 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4854 Compose characters in string STRING.
4856 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4857 the characters in it.
4859 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4860 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4861 STRING respectively.
4863 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4864 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4865 `compose-region' for more detail.
4867 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4868 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4869 text in the composition.
4871 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4873 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4874 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4876 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4878 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4879 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4880 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4881 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4882 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4883 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4884 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4885 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4887 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4889 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4890 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4892 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4893 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4895 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4896 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4898 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4899 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4901 If no composition is found, return nil.
4903 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4904 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4906 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4907 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4908 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4910 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4912 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4914 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4915 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4916 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4918 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4920 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4922 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4924 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4925 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4927 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4928 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4929 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4930 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4931 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4932 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4933 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4936 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4938 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4939 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4941 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4943 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4944 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4946 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4948 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4950 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4951 Compose last characters.
4952 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4953 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4954 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4955 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4956 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4957 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4958 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4959 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4960 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4961 after a sequence of character events.
4964 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4966 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4967 Convert CHAR to string.
4969 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4970 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4971 vector of CHAR respectively.
4972 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4974 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4976 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4980 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4981 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4982 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4983 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
4984 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4986 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4987 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4988 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4989 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4990 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4991 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4992 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4994 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4995 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4996 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4998 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4999 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5000 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5002 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5003 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5004 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5005 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5007 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5008 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5009 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5010 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5011 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5012 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5013 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5019 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5020 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5021 Comments start with `#'.
5022 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5024 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5034 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5035 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5036 Comments start with `;'.
5037 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5039 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5041 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5042 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5043 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5045 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5046 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5050 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5051 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5052 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5053 between `/*' and `*/'.
5054 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5056 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5057 // another kind of comment
5069 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5070 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5071 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5072 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5073 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5074 `conf-space-keywords'.
5075 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5076 in an interactive fashion instead.
5078 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5080 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5082 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5086 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5088 # Standard multimedia devices
5089 add /dev/audio desktop
5090 add /dev/mixer desktop
5094 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5095 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5096 See `conf-space-mode'.
5098 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5100 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5101 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5102 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5103 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5105 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5107 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5108 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5112 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5113 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5114 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5115 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5117 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5119 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5120 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5124 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5125 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5126 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5127 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5129 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5138 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5139 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17851 10865))
5140 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5142 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5143 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5144 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5145 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5147 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5149 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5150 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5151 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5152 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5154 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5156 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5157 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5158 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5159 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5161 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5163 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5164 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5166 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5170 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5171 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17851 10852))
5172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5174 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5175 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5176 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5177 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5178 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5179 following the copyright are updated as well.
5180 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5183 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5185 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5186 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5187 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5191 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5192 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5194 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5198 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5199 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17851 10867))
5200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5202 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5203 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5204 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5205 Tab indents for Perl code.
5206 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5207 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5209 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5210 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5211 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5212 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5213 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5214 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5215 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5216 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5217 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5218 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5219 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5220 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5222 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5224 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5225 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5227 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5229 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5230 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5231 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5232 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5233 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5234 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5235 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5236 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5237 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5239 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5243 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5244 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5245 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5248 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5249 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5250 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5252 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5254 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5255 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5256 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5257 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5258 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5260 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5270 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5271 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5272 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5273 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5274 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5275 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5276 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5277 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5278 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5279 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5280 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5281 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5282 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5284 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5285 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5286 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5287 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5288 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5289 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5291 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5292 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5295 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5296 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5297 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5298 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5299 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5301 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5302 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5303 span the needed amount of lines.
5305 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5306 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5307 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5308 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5310 Variables controlling indentation style:
5311 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5312 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5313 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5314 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5315 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5316 `cperl-auto-newline'
5317 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5318 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5319 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5320 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5321 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5322 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5323 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5324 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5325 `cperl-indent-level'
5326 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5327 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5328 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5329 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5330 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5331 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5332 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5333 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5334 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5335 `cperl-brace-offset'
5336 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5337 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5338 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5339 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5340 `cperl-label-offset'
5341 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5342 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5343 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5345 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5346 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5347 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5348 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5349 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5350 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5352 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5353 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5354 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5355 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5357 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5358 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5359 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5360 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5361 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5362 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5364 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5365 column 0 is indented on
5366 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5368 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5371 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5372 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5373 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5377 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5378 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5382 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5383 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5389 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5390 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
5391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5393 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5394 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5395 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5396 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5397 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5401 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5402 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5408 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5409 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
5410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5412 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5413 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5414 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5415 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5417 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5418 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5420 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5422 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5423 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5424 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5428 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5432 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5433 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
5434 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5436 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5437 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5438 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5439 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5441 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5442 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5443 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5444 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5446 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5447 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5448 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5450 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5451 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5454 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5455 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5456 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5458 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5460 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5461 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5462 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5464 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5468 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5469 ;;;;;; (17853 23392))
5470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5472 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5473 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5474 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5476 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5477 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5479 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5481 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5482 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5483 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5484 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5485 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5487 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5488 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5489 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5490 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5491 function of these prefix keys.
5493 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5494 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5496 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5497 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5498 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5500 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5501 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5502 the prefix fallback behavior.
5504 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5505 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5506 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5507 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5511 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5512 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5515 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5516 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5517 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5518 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5519 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5520 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5521 (if user-init-file (concat
5522 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5523 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5527 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5528 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5529 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5530 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5531 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5532 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5533 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5534 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5535 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5536 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5537 ;;;;;; (17851 10819))
5538 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5540 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5541 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5543 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5545 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5546 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5548 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5550 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5551 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5553 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5554 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5556 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5557 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5559 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5560 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5562 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5563 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5565 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5567 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5569 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5570 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5571 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5573 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5574 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5576 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5577 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5579 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5580 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5582 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5583 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5585 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5587 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5589 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5590 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5593 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5594 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5596 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5597 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5599 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5600 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5602 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5603 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5605 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5607 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5609 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5610 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5611 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5612 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5613 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5617 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5618 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5619 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5620 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5624 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5625 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5629 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5630 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5634 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5636 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5637 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5639 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5641 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5643 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5644 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5645 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5647 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5649 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5650 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5651 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5652 as part of Emacs itself.
5654 Each elements looks like this:
5656 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5658 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5659 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5660 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5661 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5662 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5663 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5664 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5667 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5669 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5670 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5671 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5672 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5673 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5675 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5676 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5677 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5678 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5680 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5682 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5683 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5684 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5685 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5686 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5688 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5689 that were added or redefined since that version.
5691 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5693 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5694 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5695 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5696 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5698 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5699 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5701 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5703 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5704 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5705 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5707 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5708 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5710 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5712 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5713 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5717 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5718 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5722 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5723 Customize all already saved user options.
5727 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5728 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5729 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5730 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5731 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5732 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5733 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5734 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5736 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5738 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5739 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5740 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5741 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5743 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5745 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5746 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5748 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5750 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5751 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5753 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5755 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5756 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5757 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5758 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5759 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5762 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5764 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5765 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5766 The result includes selecting that window.
5767 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5768 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5769 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5772 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5774 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5775 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5777 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5779 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5780 File used for storing customization information.
5781 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5782 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5783 it should be an absolute file name.
5785 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5786 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5787 something like the following in your init file:
5789 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5792 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5793 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5795 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5796 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5797 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5798 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5799 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5801 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5802 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5803 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5804 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5805 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5806 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5807 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5808 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5809 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5810 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5812 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5814 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5815 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5819 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5820 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5824 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5825 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5826 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5828 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5830 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5831 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5832 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5833 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5834 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5836 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5840 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5841 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17851 10821))
5842 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5844 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5845 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5847 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5849 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5850 Alist of face attributes.
5852 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5853 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5854 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5855 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5856 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5857 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5859 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5860 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5861 customization type TYPE).
5863 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5864 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5865 given face attribute.")
5867 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5868 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5869 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5870 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5872 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5874 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5875 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5876 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5877 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5878 between themes and faces.
5879 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5881 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5882 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5884 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5886 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5887 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5888 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5892 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5894 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5896 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5897 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5898 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5900 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5904 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5906 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5910 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5911 ;;;;;; (17851 10821))
5912 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5914 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5915 Create a custom theme.
5921 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5922 ;;;;;; (17851 10822))
5923 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5925 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5926 Mode used for cvs status output.
5932 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5933 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17860 50288))
5934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5936 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5937 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5939 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5940 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5941 C++ modes are included.
5943 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5947 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5950 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5951 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5955 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5956 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5957 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5958 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5959 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5960 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5962 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
5964 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5965 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5966 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5967 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5968 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5974 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5975 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5976 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
5977 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5979 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5980 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5982 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5984 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5985 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5987 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5989 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5990 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5991 For readability, the table is slightly
5992 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5994 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5995 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5996 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5997 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5998 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6000 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6004 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6005 ;;;;;; (17851 10822))
6006 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6007 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6008 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6010 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6011 Completion on current word.
6012 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6013 and presents suggestions for completion.
6015 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6016 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6019 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6020 then it searches *all* buffers.
6022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6024 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6025 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6027 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6028 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6029 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6030 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6031 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6033 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6034 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6036 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6037 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6038 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6040 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6041 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6043 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6049 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17851
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6053 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6054 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6056 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6057 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6058 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6060 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6061 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6062 Data lines are not indented.
6067 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6069 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6070 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6071 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6072 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6074 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6077 Extra indentation within blocks.
6079 dcl-continuation-offset
6080 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6083 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6085 dcl-margin-label-offset
6086 Indentation for a label.
6088 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6089 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6091 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6092 dcl-block-end-regexp
6093 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6094 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6095 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6096 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6097 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6099 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6100 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6101 Two such functions are included in the package:
6102 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6103 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6105 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6106 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6107 One such function is included in the package:
6108 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6110 dcl-tab-always-indent
6111 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6112 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6115 dcl-electric-characters
6116 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6119 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6120 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6121 which words trigger electric indentation.
6124 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6125 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6126 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6128 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6129 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6130 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6131 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6133 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6134 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6135 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6136 dcl-imenu-label-call
6137 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6139 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6140 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6141 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6142 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6145 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6147 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6148 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6149 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6151 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6152 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6156 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6157 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6158 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6159 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6160 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6161 \"lined up with the command line\"
6163 Data lines are not indented at all.
6164 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6169 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6170 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6176 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6177 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17851 10852))
6178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6180 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6182 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6183 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6184 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6187 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6188 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6189 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6191 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6193 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6194 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6196 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6198 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6199 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6200 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6201 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6202 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6203 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6205 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6206 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6208 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6210 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6211 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6212 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6213 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6214 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6216 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6220 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6221 ;;;;;; (17851 10865))
6222 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6224 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6225 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6229 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6230 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6231 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6232 Upper-case letters are commands.
6234 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6237 The most useful commands are:
6238 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6239 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6240 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6241 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6242 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6243 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6249 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6250 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17851
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6254 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6255 Customization of `columns' group.
6259 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6260 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6262 START and END delimits the text region.
6264 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6266 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6267 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6269 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6271 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6275 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17851
6277 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6279 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6280 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6281 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6282 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6283 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6284 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6286 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6290 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6291 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6292 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6293 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6294 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6295 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6296 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6297 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6298 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6299 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6300 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6301 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6303 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6304 Directories to search when finding external units.
6305 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6306 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6310 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6311 Face used to color delphi comments.
6312 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6313 Face used to color delphi strings.
6314 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6315 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6316 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6317 Face used to color everything else.
6319 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6320 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6322 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6326 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17851
6328 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6330 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6332 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6333 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6334 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6336 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6337 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6339 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6341 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6342 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6343 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6346 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6347 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6348 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6355 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6356 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17851 10852))
6357 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6359 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6360 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6362 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6364 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6365 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6366 or nil if there is no parent.
6367 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6368 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6369 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6370 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6371 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6373 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6374 arguments are currently understood:
6376 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6377 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6379 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6380 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6382 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6383 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6385 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6387 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6389 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6390 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6391 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6393 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6394 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6396 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6397 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6398 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6400 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6401 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6403 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6404 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6406 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6408 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6410 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6411 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6412 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6413 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6414 the first time the mode is used.
6416 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6420 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6421 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17875 14312))
6422 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6424 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6425 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6426 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6427 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6428 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6431 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6433 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6434 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6435 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6436 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6437 character composition information (if relevant),
6438 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6444 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6445 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6446 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6447 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17851 10822))
6448 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6450 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6451 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6452 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6454 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6456 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6457 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6458 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6459 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6460 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6461 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6465 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6466 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6467 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6468 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6470 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6472 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6473 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6474 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6476 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6477 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6478 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6480 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6481 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6483 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6484 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6485 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6487 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6488 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6489 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6490 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6492 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6494 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6495 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6497 Handlers are called with argument list
6499 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6501 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6503 desktop-file-version
6504 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6505 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6506 desktop-buffer-point
6508 desktop-buffer-read-only
6509 desktop-buffer-locals
6511 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6512 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6514 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6517 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6519 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6520 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6522 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6524 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6526 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6527 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6528 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6529 List elements must have the form
6531 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6533 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6536 Handlers are called with argument list
6538 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6540 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6542 desktop-file-version
6543 desktop-buffer-file-name
6545 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6546 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6547 desktop-buffer-point
6549 desktop-buffer-read-only
6552 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6553 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6556 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6559 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6561 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6562 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6564 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6566 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6568 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6570 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6572 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6573 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6574 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6578 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6579 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6580 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6581 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6583 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6585 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6586 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6587 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6591 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6592 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6593 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6594 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6595 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6596 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6597 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6598 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6600 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6602 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6603 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6604 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6608 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6609 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6610 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6611 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6614 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6616 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6617 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6621 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6622 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6628 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6629 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6630 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17851 10856))
6631 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6633 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6634 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6635 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6636 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6637 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6638 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6640 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6642 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6643 Repair a broken attribution line.
6644 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6646 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6648 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6649 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6650 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6651 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6653 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6655 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6656 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6662 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6663 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17851 10861))
6664 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6666 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6668 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6671 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6673 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6680 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6681 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17851 10852))
6682 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6684 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6685 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6686 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6687 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6688 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6692 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6693 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6694 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6695 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6697 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6698 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6699 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6700 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6703 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6705 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6706 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6707 european-calendar-style t \\
6708 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6709 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6710 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6712 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6713 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6714 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6715 to run it every morning at 1am.
6717 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6719 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6720 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6726 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6727 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17851 10822))
6728 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6730 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6731 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6733 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6735 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6736 *The command to use to run diff.")
6738 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6740 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6741 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6742 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6743 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6744 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6745 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6747 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6749 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6750 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6751 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6752 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6753 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6754 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6756 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6760 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6761 ;;;;;; (17867 21034))
6762 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6764 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6765 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6766 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6768 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6769 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6770 headers for you on-the-fly.
6772 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6773 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6774 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6779 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6780 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6781 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6787 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6788 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6789 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6790 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6791 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17852 50694))
6792 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6794 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6795 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6796 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6797 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6798 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6799 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6800 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6801 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6803 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6805 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6806 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6808 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6809 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6810 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6811 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6812 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6814 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6815 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6817 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6818 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6819 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6820 always set this variable to t.")
6822 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6824 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6825 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6826 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6827 A value of t means move to first file.")
6829 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6831 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6832 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6833 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6834 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6835 are afterward marked with that character.")
6837 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6839 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6840 *Controls marking of copied files.
6841 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6842 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6844 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6846 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6847 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6848 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6849 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6851 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6853 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6854 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6855 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6856 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6858 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6860 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6861 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6862 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6863 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6865 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6867 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6869 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6870 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6871 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6873 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6875 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6876 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6877 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6878 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6879 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6880 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6882 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6883 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6884 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6885 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6886 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6887 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6888 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6889 list of files to make directory entries for.
6890 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6891 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6892 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6893 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6895 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6897 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6898 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6900 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6901 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6903 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6904 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6906 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6907 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6909 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6911 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6912 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6914 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6916 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6917 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6918 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6919 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6920 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6921 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6922 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6923 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6924 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6925 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6926 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6927 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6928 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6929 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6930 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6931 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6932 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6933 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6934 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6935 to see why something went wrong.
6936 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6937 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6938 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6939 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6940 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6941 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6942 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6943 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6944 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6945 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6946 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6947 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6948 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6950 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6951 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6952 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6953 again for the directory tree.
6955 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6958 `dired-listing-switches'
6959 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6960 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6963 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6964 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6965 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6966 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6968 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6970 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6971 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6978 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6979 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6983 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6984 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6985 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6986 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6987 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6988 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6989 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6990 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6991 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6992 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6993 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6994 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6995 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6996 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17859 27906))
6997 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6999 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7000 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7001 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7002 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7003 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7004 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7005 which is options for `diff'.
7007 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7009 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7010 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7011 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7012 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7013 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7014 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7016 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7018 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7019 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7020 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7021 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7022 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7023 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7024 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7026 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7028 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7029 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7030 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7031 returned by function `file-attributes'
7033 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7034 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7036 Examples of PREDICATE:
7038 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7039 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7040 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7041 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7042 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7044 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7046 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7047 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7048 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7052 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7053 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7057 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7058 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7062 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7063 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7068 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7069 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7070 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7071 `lpr-switches' as default.
7073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7075 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7076 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7077 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7078 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7079 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7081 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7082 with a prefix argument.
7086 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7087 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7088 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7089 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7090 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7092 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7093 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7095 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7096 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7097 file name substituted for `?'.
7099 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7100 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7102 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7103 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7104 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7105 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7107 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7109 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7110 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7111 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7113 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7114 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7117 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7118 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7119 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7121 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7123 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7126 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7128 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7129 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7130 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7131 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7132 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7133 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7134 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7135 from the buffer as well.
7136 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7137 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7138 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7140 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7142 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7145 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7147 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7150 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7152 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7153 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7157 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7158 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7162 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7163 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7167 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7168 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7169 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7170 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7172 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7173 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7174 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7175 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7176 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7177 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7178 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7180 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7182 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7185 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7187 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7190 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7192 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7193 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7195 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7197 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7200 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7202 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7205 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7207 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7208 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7210 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7212 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7213 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7214 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7215 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7216 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7217 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7218 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7219 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7220 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7222 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7227 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7228 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7229 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7230 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7231 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7232 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7233 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7234 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7236 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7240 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7241 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7242 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7243 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7244 and new hard links are made in that directory
7245 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7246 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7247 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7251 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7252 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7253 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7254 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7255 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7256 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7257 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7261 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7262 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7264 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7265 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7266 file if none are marked.
7268 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7269 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7270 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7271 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7273 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7274 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7276 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7278 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7279 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7280 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7282 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7284 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7285 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7286 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7288 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7290 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7291 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7292 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7294 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7296 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7297 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7301 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7302 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7306 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7307 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7308 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7309 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7310 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7311 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7313 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7315 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7316 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7317 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7318 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7319 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7320 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7321 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7323 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7325 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7326 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7327 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7328 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7329 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7330 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7332 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7334 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7336 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7337 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7338 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7340 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7342 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7343 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7344 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7345 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7349 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7350 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7351 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7352 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7356 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7358 Lower levels are unaffected.
7360 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7362 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7363 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7367 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7368 Go down in the dired tree.
7372 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7373 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7374 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7375 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7379 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7380 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7381 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7382 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7386 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7387 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7388 Stops when a match is found.
7389 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7391 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7393 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7394 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7395 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7396 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7397 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7399 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7401 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7402 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7403 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7404 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7406 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7410 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7411 ;;;;;; (17859 56528))
7412 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7414 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7415 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7416 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7417 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7418 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7419 buffer and try again.
7421 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7423 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7424 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7425 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7426 This creates relative symbolic links like
7430 not absolute ones like
7432 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7434 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7440 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17851 10823))
7441 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7443 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7444 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7445 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7447 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7449 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7450 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7452 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7453 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7455 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7459 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17851
7461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7463 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7464 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7465 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7466 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7467 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7468 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7470 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7474 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7475 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7476 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7477 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7478 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7479 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17875 14312))
7480 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7482 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7483 Return a new, empty display table.
7487 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7488 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7489 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7490 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7491 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7493 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7495 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7496 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7497 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7498 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7499 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7501 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7503 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7504 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7508 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7509 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7513 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7514 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7518 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7519 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7523 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7524 Display character C using printable string S.
7528 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7529 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7530 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7531 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7533 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7535 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7536 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7537 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7540 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7542 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7543 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7545 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7547 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7548 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7550 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7552 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7553 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7555 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7557 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7558 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7560 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7562 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7563 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7565 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7567 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7568 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7570 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7571 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7572 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7573 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7575 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7576 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7577 European character display.
7579 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7580 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7581 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7582 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7584 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7585 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7586 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7587 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7588 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7594 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7595 ;;;;;; (17851 10865))
7596 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7598 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7599 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7600 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7601 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7602 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7603 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7604 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7611 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17851 10823))
7612 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7614 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7615 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7616 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7617 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7618 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7619 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7621 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7622 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7623 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7624 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7625 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7627 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7631 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7632 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17851 10872))
7633 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7635 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7636 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7637 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7638 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7639 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7640 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7641 table and its own syntax table.
7643 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7646 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7648 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7649 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7652 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7656 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17851 10865))
7657 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7659 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7660 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7666 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7667 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
7668 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7670 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7673 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7675 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7677 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7679 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7681 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7682 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7688 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17851 10865))
7689 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7691 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7692 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7698 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7699 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
7700 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7702 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7703 Play sounds in message buffers.
7709 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7710 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7711 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17860 50311))
7712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7714 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7716 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7717 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7718 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7719 and toggle command MODE.
7721 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7722 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7723 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7724 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7725 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7726 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7727 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7728 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7731 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7732 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7733 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7734 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7735 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7736 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7737 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7738 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7739 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7740 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7741 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7742 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7743 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7744 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7745 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7746 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7747 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7749 For example, you could write
7750 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7751 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7754 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7756 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7758 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7760 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7761 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7762 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7763 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7764 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7765 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7766 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7767 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7768 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7769 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7770 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7771 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7773 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7774 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7775 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7776 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7777 call another major mode in their body.
7779 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7781 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7782 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7783 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7784 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7785 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7786 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7787 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7789 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7791 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7794 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7796 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7797 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7798 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7800 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7804 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7805 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17851
7807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7809 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7811 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7812 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7814 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7815 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7816 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7818 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7819 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7823 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7824 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7828 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7829 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7833 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7834 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7836 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7838 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7840 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7842 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7843 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7845 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7846 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7848 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7850 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7852 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7856 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7857 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7858 computed automatically.
7859 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7863 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7865 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7866 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7867 keyboard equivalent.
7871 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7872 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7876 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7877 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7881 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7882 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7886 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7890 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7891 radio: A radio button.
7892 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7893 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7895 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7899 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7900 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7904 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7906 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7907 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7908 as a solid horizontal line.
7910 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7912 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7914 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7917 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7919 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7920 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7921 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7922 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7924 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7926 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7927 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7928 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7929 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7930 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7931 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7933 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7934 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7935 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7937 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7938 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7939 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7941 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7942 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7944 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7948 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7949 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7950 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7951 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7952 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7953 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7954 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7955 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17859 56529))
7956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7958 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7959 Customization for ebnf group.
7963 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7964 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7966 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7968 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7971 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7973 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7975 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7976 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7978 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7979 killed after process termination.
7981 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7983 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7985 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7986 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7988 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7989 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7992 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7993 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7994 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7995 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7997 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7999 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8000 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8001 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8003 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8005 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8006 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8008 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8010 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8013 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8015 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8017 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8018 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8020 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8021 killed after process termination.
8023 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8025 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8027 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8028 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8029 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8030 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8032 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8036 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8037 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8038 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8040 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8042 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8044 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8045 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8047 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8049 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8052 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8054 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8056 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8057 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8059 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8060 killed after EPS generation.
8062 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8064 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8066 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8067 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8069 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8070 The EPS file name has the following form:
8072 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8074 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8075 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8077 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8078 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8079 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8080 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8081 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8083 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8088 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8089 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8091 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8092 The EPS file name has the following form:
8094 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8096 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8097 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8099 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8100 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8101 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8102 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8103 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8105 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8108 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8110 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8112 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8115 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8117 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8120 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8122 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8124 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8125 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8127 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8128 killed after syntax checking.
8130 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8132 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8134 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8135 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8139 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8140 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8142 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8144 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8145 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8149 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8150 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8152 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8154 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8156 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8159 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8163 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8164 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8166 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8168 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8170 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8171 Set STYLE as the current style.
8173 Returns the old style symbol.
8175 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8179 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8180 Reset current style.
8182 Returns the old style symbol.
8184 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8186 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8188 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8189 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8191 Returns the old style symbol.
8193 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8195 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8197 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8199 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8200 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8202 Returns the old style symbol.
8204 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8206 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8212 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8213 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8214 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8215 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8216 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8217 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8218 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8219 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8220 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8221 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8222 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17838
8224 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8226 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8227 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8228 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8229 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8230 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8231 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8233 Tree mode key bindings:
8234 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8238 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8239 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8243 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8244 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8246 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8250 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8251 View declaration of member at point.
8255 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8256 Find declaration of member at point.
8260 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8261 View definition of member at point.
8265 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8266 Find definition of member at point.
8270 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8271 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8275 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8276 View definition of member at point in other window.
8280 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8281 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8285 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8286 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8290 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8291 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8295 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8296 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8300 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8301 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8302 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8303 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8306 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8308 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8309 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8310 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8311 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8313 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8315 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8316 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8317 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8318 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8320 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8322 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8323 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8324 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8326 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8328 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8329 Search for call sites of a member.
8330 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8331 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8332 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8333 looks like a function call to the member.
8335 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8337 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8338 Move backward in the position stack.
8339 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8343 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8344 Move forward in the position stack.
8345 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8349 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8350 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8354 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8355 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8359 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8360 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8361 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8362 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8364 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8366 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8367 Display statistics for a class tree.
8373 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8374 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8375 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8377 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8378 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8379 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8380 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8382 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8383 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8384 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8386 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8387 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8388 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8390 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8392 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8398 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8399 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17851 10823))
8400 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8402 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8403 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8404 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8406 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8410 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8411 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8412 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17851 10852))
8413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8415 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8416 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8417 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8418 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8419 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8421 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8422 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8423 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8424 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8426 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8428 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8429 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8430 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8431 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8433 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8435 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8436 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8437 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8438 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8440 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8442 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8444 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8445 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8446 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8447 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8448 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8450 If you do this on a function definition
8451 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8452 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8453 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8454 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8456 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8457 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8458 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8459 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8464 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8465 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8469 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8470 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8476 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8477 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8478 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8479 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8480 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8481 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8482 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8483 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8484 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8485 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17851 39450))
8486 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8488 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8489 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8491 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8493 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8494 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8496 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8498 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8500 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8502 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8503 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8504 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8505 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8509 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8510 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8512 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8514 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8516 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8517 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8519 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8521 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8523 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8524 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8525 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8526 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8528 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8530 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8532 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8533 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8534 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8535 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8537 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8539 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8541 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8542 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8543 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8544 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8546 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8548 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8550 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8551 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8552 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8553 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8555 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8557 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8559 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8560 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8561 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8562 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8563 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8564 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8566 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8568 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8569 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8570 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8571 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8573 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8575 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8577 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8578 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8579 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8580 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8582 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8584 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8586 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8588 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8589 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8590 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8592 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8593 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8595 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8597 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8598 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8599 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8601 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8602 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8604 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8606 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8607 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8608 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8609 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8610 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8612 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8614 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8615 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8616 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8617 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8618 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8619 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8621 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8623 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8625 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8626 Merge two files without ancestor.
8628 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8630 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8631 Merge two files with ancestor.
8633 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8635 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8637 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8638 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8640 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8642 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8643 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8645 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8647 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8648 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8649 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8652 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8654 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8655 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8656 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8659 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8661 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8662 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8663 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8664 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8668 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8669 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8670 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8671 and don't ask the user.
8672 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8673 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8675 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8677 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8678 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8679 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8680 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8681 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8682 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8683 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8684 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8686 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8688 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8690 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8692 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8693 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8694 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8695 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8696 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8698 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8700 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8702 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8703 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8704 When called interactively, displays the version.
8708 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8709 Display Ediff's manual.
8710 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8712 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8716 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8717 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8718 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8720 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17851 10823))
8728 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8730 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8731 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8733 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8735 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8739 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8740 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8741 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8743 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8744 Display Ediff's registry.
8748 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8753 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17851 39450))
8754 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8756 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8757 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8758 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8763 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8764 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8765 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8766 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8772 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8773 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8774 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8775 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8777 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8778 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8779 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8781 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8782 Edit a keyboard macro.
8783 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8784 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8785 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8787 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8789 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8791 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8792 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8794 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8796 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8797 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8799 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8801 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8802 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8803 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8804 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8805 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8806 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8808 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8809 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8810 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8811 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8813 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8815 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8816 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8817 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8818 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8819 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8820 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8822 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8826 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8827 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17851 10853))
8828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8830 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8832 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8833 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8835 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8837 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8838 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8845 ;;;;;; (17873 60335))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8848 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8849 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8850 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8851 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8852 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8853 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8854 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8856 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8857 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8859 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8860 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8861 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8862 this value is non-nil.
8864 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8865 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8866 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8868 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8869 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8870 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8872 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8874 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8877 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8881 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8882 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17851 10853))
8883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8885 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8886 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8888 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8890 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8891 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8892 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8893 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8894 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8895 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8896 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8898 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8902 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8903 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8907 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8908 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8909 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8910 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8911 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8912 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8915 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8916 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8920 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17851
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8924 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8925 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8927 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8928 an elided material again.
8930 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8936 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8937 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
8938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8940 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8947 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8948 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17851
8950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8952 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8953 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8954 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8956 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8958 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8959 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8960 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8962 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8964 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8965 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8966 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8968 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8970 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8972 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8973 Display current profiling results.
8974 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8975 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8982 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8983 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
8984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8986 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8987 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8988 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8990 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8994 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8995 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8996 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8997 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8998 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17504 41540))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9001 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9002 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9003 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9004 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9005 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9006 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9007 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9008 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9009 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9010 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9011 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9012 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9013 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9014 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9015 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9016 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9018 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9019 Run Emerge on two files.
9021 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9023 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9024 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9026 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9028 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9029 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9031 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9033 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9034 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9036 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9038 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9043 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9048 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9051 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9053 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9056 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9058 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9059 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9061 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9063 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9064 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9066 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9068 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9071 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9075 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9076 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
9077 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9079 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9080 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9081 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9082 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9083 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9084 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9086 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9088 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9089 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9090 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9092 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9093 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9096 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9097 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9098 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9104 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9105 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17851 10872))
9106 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9108 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9109 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9110 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9111 text/enriched format.
9112 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9114 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9115 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9119 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9123 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9126 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9128 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9131 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9135 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9136 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17851 10855))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9139 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9140 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9144 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9145 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9146 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9147 (server (erc-compute-server))
9148 (port (erc-compute-port))
9149 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9151 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9153 That is, if called with
9155 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9157 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9158 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9159 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9161 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9163 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9164 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9165 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9166 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9168 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17851
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9175 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17851 10855))
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9181 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17843 27870))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9187 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17851 10855))
9192 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9193 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9197 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9198 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17851 10855))
9199 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9201 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9202 Parser for /dcc command.
9203 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9204 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9205 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9207 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9209 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9210 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9214 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9215 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9217 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9218 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9219 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9222 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9226 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9227 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9228 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9229 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9230 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9231 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9233 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9234 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9236 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9238 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9239 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9240 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9241 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9243 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9245 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9248 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9250 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9251 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9253 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9255 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9256 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9258 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9260 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9261 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9263 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9265 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9266 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9268 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9270 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9271 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9273 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9275 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9276 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9278 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9280 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9281 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9285 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9286 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9292 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17851
9294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9295 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9297 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9298 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9299 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17851
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9308 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9312 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9313 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17851 10855))
9314 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9315 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9317 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9318 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9319 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9320 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9321 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9322 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9325 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9327 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9330 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9334 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9335 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9336 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9338 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17851 10855))
9346 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9347 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9351 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9352 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17851 10855))
9353 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9354 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9356 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9357 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9358 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9359 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9360 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9361 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9363 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9365 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9366 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9367 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9368 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9370 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9371 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9374 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9375 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9377 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9381 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9382 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9383 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9384 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9385 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9386 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9388 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9389 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9393 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9394 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9398 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9399 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9403 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9404 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9408 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9409 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9413 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9414 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9418 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9419 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9423 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9424 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17851 10855))
9431 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9432 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9437 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9439 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9441 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9448 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9449 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17851 10855))
9450 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9452 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9453 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9454 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9455 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9459 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9460 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9466 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9467 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17851 10855))
9468 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9469 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9471 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9472 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9473 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9474 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9476 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9478 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17851 10855))
9486 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9487 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17851
9493 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9494 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17851 10855))
9499 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9500 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17851 10855))
9505 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9506 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9510 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9511 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17851 10855))
9512 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9513 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9515 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9516 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9520 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9521 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9522 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9524 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17851 10855))
9529 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9530 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9534 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9535 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9536 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9538 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9539 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9540 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17851
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9549 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17851 10855))
9554 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9555 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17851 10855))
9560 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9561 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9562 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9566 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9567 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17851 10855))
9568 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9569 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9571 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9572 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9573 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9574 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9576 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9578 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9579 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9580 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9586 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9587 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9588 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9590 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9591 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9597 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17851
9599 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9601 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9602 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9610 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17851
9612 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9614 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9615 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9621 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9622 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17851 10856))
9623 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9625 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9626 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9627 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9628 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9629 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9630 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9631 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9632 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9633 buffer selected (or created).
9635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9637 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9638 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9639 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9641 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9643 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9644 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9645 The result might be any Lisp object.
9646 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9647 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9648 corresponding to a successful execution.
9650 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9652 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9653 Report a bug in Eshell.
9654 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9655 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9661 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9662 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9663 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9664 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9665 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9666 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9667 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9668 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
9669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9671 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9672 *File name of tags table.
9673 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9674 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9675 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9676 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9678 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9679 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9680 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9681 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9683 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9685 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9686 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9687 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9688 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9689 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9690 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9692 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9694 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9695 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9696 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9697 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9698 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9699 `auto-compression-mode').")
9701 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9703 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9704 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9705 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9706 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9707 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9709 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9711 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9712 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9713 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9714 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9716 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9718 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9719 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9720 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9721 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9722 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9724 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9726 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9727 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9731 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9732 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9733 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9734 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9736 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9737 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9738 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9739 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9740 file the tag was in.
9742 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9744 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9745 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9746 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9747 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9748 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9749 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9750 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9751 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9752 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9754 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9756 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9757 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9758 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9759 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9760 without directory names.
9764 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9765 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9766 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9767 but does not select the buffer.
9768 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9770 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9771 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9772 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9773 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9774 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9776 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9778 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9779 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9780 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9782 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9784 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9786 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9787 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9788 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9789 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9791 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9792 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9793 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9794 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9795 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9797 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9799 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9800 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9801 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9803 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9805 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9806 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9808 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9809 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9810 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9811 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9812 around or before point.
9814 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9815 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9816 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9817 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9818 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9820 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9822 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9823 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9824 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9826 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9828 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9829 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9831 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9832 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9833 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9834 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9835 around or before point.
9837 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9838 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9839 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9840 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9841 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9843 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9845 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9846 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9847 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9849 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9851 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9852 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9854 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9855 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9856 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9858 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9859 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9860 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9861 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9862 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9864 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9866 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9867 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9868 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9870 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9872 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9873 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9874 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9876 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9877 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9879 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9880 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9881 where they were found.
9885 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9886 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9888 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9889 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9890 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9892 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9893 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9895 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9896 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9898 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9900 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9901 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9902 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9903 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9905 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9906 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9907 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9908 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9909 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9911 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9912 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9914 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9915 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9916 Stops when a match is found.
9917 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9919 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9921 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9923 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9924 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9925 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9926 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9927 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9929 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9931 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9933 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9934 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9935 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9936 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9937 directory specification.
9939 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9941 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9942 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9944 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9946 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9947 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9948 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9949 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9953 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9954 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9955 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9956 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9957 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9963 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9964 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9965 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9966 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9967 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9968 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9969 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9970 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17851 10861))
9971 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9973 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9978 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9979 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9980 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9981 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9983 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9984 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9987 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9988 even if the buffer is read-only.
9990 See also the descriptions of the variables
9991 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9992 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9994 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9996 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9997 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9999 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10000 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10002 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10003 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10006 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10007 buffer is read-only.
10009 See also the descriptions of the variables
10010 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10011 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10013 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10015 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10016 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10017 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10021 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10022 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10024 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10025 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10027 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10028 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10032 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10033 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10034 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10035 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10037 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10039 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10040 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10041 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10042 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10044 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10045 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10046 the primary language.
10048 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10049 buffer is read-only.
10051 See also the descriptions of the variables
10052 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10053 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10055 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10057 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10058 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10059 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10060 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10062 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10063 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10066 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10067 buffer is read-only.
10069 See also the descriptions of the variables
10070 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10071 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10073 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10075 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10076 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10077 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10081 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10082 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10084 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10085 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10086 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10087 3) convert the body into SERA.
10089 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10093 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10094 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10095 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10097 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10099 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10100 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10104 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10105 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10107 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10108 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10111 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10112 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10113 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10115 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10117 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10119 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10120 Allow the user to input special characters.
10124 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10125 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10126 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10130 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10131 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10135 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10136 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10138 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10139 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10141 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10142 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10146 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10147 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10151 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10152 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10156 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10157 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10163 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10164 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10165 ;;;;;; (17851 10863))
10166 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10168 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10169 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10170 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10171 server for future sessions.
10173 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10175 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10176 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10177 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10179 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10181 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10182 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10183 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10185 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10187 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10188 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10189 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10190 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10191 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10192 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10193 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10194 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10195 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10196 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10197 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10198 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10200 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10202 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10203 Display a form to query the directory server.
10204 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10205 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10207 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10209 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10210 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10211 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10215 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10219 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10220 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10221 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17851 10863))
10222 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10224 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10225 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10227 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10229 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10230 Display URL and make it clickable.
10232 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10234 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10235 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10237 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10239 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10240 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10242 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10244 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10245 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10247 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10249 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10250 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10252 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10256 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10257 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17851 10863))
10258 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10260 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10261 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10262 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10266 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10267 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10273 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10274 ;;;;;; (17851 10863))
10275 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10277 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10278 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10284 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17851
10286 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10288 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10289 Create an empty ewoc.
10291 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10293 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10294 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10295 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10296 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10297 `insert-before-markers'.
10299 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10300 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10301 respectively, of the ewoc.
10303 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10304 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10305 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10307 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10311 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10312 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10313 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10314 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
10315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10317 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10318 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10319 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10321 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10323 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10324 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10325 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10326 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10327 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10329 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10331 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10332 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10333 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10334 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10335 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10338 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10340 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10341 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10342 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10346 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10347 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10348 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10355 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10356 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17851 10827))
10357 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10359 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10360 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10361 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10362 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10364 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10366 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10367 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10368 to generate such functions.
10370 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10371 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10372 beginning of the expanded text.
10374 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10375 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10376 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10377 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10379 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10381 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10383 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10384 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10385 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10389 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10390 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10391 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10394 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10395 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10399 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17851 10867))
10400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10402 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10403 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10404 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10406 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10407 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10408 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10410 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10415 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10418 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10420 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10422 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10423 `f90-program-indent'
10424 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10426 `f90-continuation-indent'
10427 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10428 `f90-comment-region'
10429 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10430 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10431 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10432 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10434 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10435 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10436 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10437 `f90-break-delimiters'
10438 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10439 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10440 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10441 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10443 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10444 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10446 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10447 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10448 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10449 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10450 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10451 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10452 `f90-leave-line-no'
10453 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10455 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10456 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10462 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10463 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10464 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10465 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10466 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17851 10827))
10467 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10468 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10469 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10471 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10472 Menu keymap for faces.")
10474 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10476 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10477 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10479 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10481 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10482 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10484 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10486 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10487 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10489 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10491 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10492 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10494 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10496 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10497 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10499 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10501 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10502 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10504 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10506 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10508 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10510 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10512 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10513 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10515 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10516 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10517 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10518 to the faces to use for the next character
10519 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10520 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10522 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10523 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10524 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10525 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10526 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10527 preceding faces (including FACE).
10529 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10530 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10532 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10534 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10535 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10536 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10538 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10539 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10542 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10543 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10544 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10546 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10548 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10549 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10550 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10552 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10553 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10556 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10557 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10558 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10560 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10562 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10563 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10564 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10565 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10566 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10567 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10568 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10570 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10571 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10574 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10575 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10576 to insert cancels the specification.
10578 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10580 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10581 Make the region invisible.
10582 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10583 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10585 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10587 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10588 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10589 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10590 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10592 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10594 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10595 Make the region unmodifiable.
10596 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10597 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10599 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10601 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10602 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10604 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10606 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10607 Remove all text properties from the region.
10609 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10611 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10612 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10613 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10615 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10617 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10618 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10620 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10622 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10623 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10624 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10625 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10626 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10627 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10629 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10633 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10634 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10635 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17753 42784))
10636 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10638 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10639 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10640 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10641 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10645 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10646 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10650 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10651 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10652 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10653 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10657 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10658 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10659 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10660 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10661 backup file names and the like).
10663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10665 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10666 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10667 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10668 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10669 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10670 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10671 internally by feedmail):
10673 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10674 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10675 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10676 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10678 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10679 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10680 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10681 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10682 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10684 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10688 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10689 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17851 10827))
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10692 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10693 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10694 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10695 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10696 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10697 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10698 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10700 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10702 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10703 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10704 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10705 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10706 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10707 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10708 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10710 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10712 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10714 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10715 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10716 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10717 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10718 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10719 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10721 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10723 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10724 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10725 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10727 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10728 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10733 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10734 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10736 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10738 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10739 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10745 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10746 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10747 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10748 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17851 10827))
10749 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10751 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10752 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10753 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10754 be added to the cache.
10756 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10758 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10759 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10760 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10761 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10762 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10764 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10766 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10767 Add FILE to the file cache.
10771 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10772 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10773 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10775 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10777 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10778 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10779 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10781 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10783 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10784 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10785 This function does not use any external programs
10786 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10787 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10788 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10790 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10792 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10793 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10794 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10795 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10796 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10797 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10798 \(directories) is done.
10801 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10802 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10803 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10807 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17851
10809 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10811 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10812 Filesets initialization.
10813 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17852 50694))
10820 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10821 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10825 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10826 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10827 ;;;;;; (17851 10827))
10828 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10830 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10831 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10832 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10833 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10834 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10836 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10838 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10839 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10840 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10841 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10842 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10844 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10846 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10847 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10848 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10849 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10851 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10853 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10854 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10855 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10857 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10859 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10860 as the final argument.
10862 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10864 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10865 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10866 and run dired on those files.
10867 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10868 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10870 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10872 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10874 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10875 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10876 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10878 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10880 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10882 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10886 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10887 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10888 ;;;;;; (17851 10828))
10889 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10891 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10892 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10893 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10894 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10895 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10896 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10897 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10899 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10900 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10901 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10903 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10905 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10907 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10909 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10910 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10911 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10913 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10914 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10916 Variables of interest include:
10918 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10919 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10920 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10922 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10923 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10924 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10926 - `ff-ignore-include'
10927 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10929 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10930 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10933 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10935 - `ff-special-constructs'
10936 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10937 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10938 extracting the filename from that construct.
10940 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10941 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10943 - `ff-search-directories'
10944 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10945 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10947 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10948 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10950 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10951 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10953 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10954 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10956 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10957 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10959 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10960 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10962 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10964 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10965 Visit the file you click on.
10967 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10969 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10970 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10972 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10976 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10977 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10978 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10979 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10980 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10981 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10982 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17851 10853))
10983 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10985 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10986 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10988 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10990 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10991 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10992 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10993 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10995 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10996 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10997 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10998 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11000 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11002 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11003 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11005 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11006 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11007 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11008 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11010 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11011 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11014 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11016 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11017 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11019 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11020 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11021 places point before the definition.
11022 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11024 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11025 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11026 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11028 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11030 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11031 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11033 See `find-function' for more details.
11035 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11037 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11038 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11040 See `find-function' for more details.
11042 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11044 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11045 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11047 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11048 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11049 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11051 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11052 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11054 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11056 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11057 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11059 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11060 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11061 places point before the definition.
11063 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11065 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11066 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11067 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11069 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11071 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11072 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11074 See `find-variable' for more details.
11076 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11078 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11079 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11081 See `find-variable' for more details.
11083 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11085 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11086 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11087 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11088 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11089 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11090 buffer nor display it.
11092 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11093 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11095 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11097 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11098 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11100 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11101 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11102 places point before the definition.
11104 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11106 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11107 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11108 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11112 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11113 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11114 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11118 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11119 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11123 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11124 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11128 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11129 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11135 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11136 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17851 10828))
11137 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11139 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11140 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11142 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11144 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11145 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11149 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11150 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11152 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11156 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11157 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17851 10828))
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11160 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11161 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11165 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11166 Display FILE's commentary section.
11167 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11171 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11172 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11178 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11179 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17851 10828))
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11182 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11183 Toggle flow control handling.
11184 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11185 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11187 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11189 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11190 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11191 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11192 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11193 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11194 to get the effect of a C-q.
11196 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11200 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11201 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
11202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11204 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11207 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11209 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11212 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11216 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11217 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17854 10614))
11218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11220 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11221 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11222 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11223 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11227 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11228 Turn flymake mode on.
11232 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11233 Turn flymake mode off.
11239 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11240 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11241 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17851 10872))
11242 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11244 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11245 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11248 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11250 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11251 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11252 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11253 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11254 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11255 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11258 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11259 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11260 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11261 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11264 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11267 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11268 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11269 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11271 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11273 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11274 in your .emacs file.
11276 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11277 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11281 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11282 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11286 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11287 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11291 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11292 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11296 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11297 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11299 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11301 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11302 Flyspell whole buffer.
11308 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11309 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11310 ;;;;;; (17851 10828))
11311 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11313 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11314 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11318 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11319 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11323 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11324 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11326 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11327 of two major techniques:
11329 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11330 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11331 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11333 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11334 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11335 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11338 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11339 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11340 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11341 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11342 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11345 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11346 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11348 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11350 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11351 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11352 \(This is the default.)
11354 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11355 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11357 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11358 \\{follow-mode-map}
11360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11362 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11363 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11365 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11366 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11367 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11368 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11369 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11370 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11372 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11373 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11374 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11376 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11377 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11378 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11384 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17851
11386 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11388 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11389 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11390 \\<message-mode-map>
11394 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11395 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11396 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11397 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11398 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11399 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11405 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11406 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17851 10829))
11407 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11409 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11410 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11412 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11413 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11414 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11415 C-c < forms-first-record <
11416 C-c > forms-last-record >
11417 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11418 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11419 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11420 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11421 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11422 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11423 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11424 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11425 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11426 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11428 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11430 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11431 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11435 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11436 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11442 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11443 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17851 10868))
11444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11446 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11447 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11448 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11449 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11450 with a character in column 6.")
11452 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11454 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11455 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11456 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11458 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11459 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11461 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11464 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11466 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11468 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11469 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11470 `fortran-do-indent'
11471 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11472 `fortran-if-indent'
11473 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11474 `fortran-structure-indent'
11475 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11477 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11478 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11479 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11480 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11481 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11482 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11483 nil don't change the indentation
11484 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11486 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11487 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11488 depending on the continuation format in use.
11489 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11490 indentation for a line of code.
11492 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11493 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11494 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11495 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11496 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11497 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11498 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11499 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11500 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11501 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11503 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11504 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11505 statements (default nil).
11506 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11507 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11508 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11509 `fortran-continuation-string'
11510 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11511 line (default \"$\").
11512 `fortran-comment-region'
11513 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11514 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11515 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11516 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11517 as typed (default t).
11518 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11519 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11521 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11522 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11528 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11529 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17851 10865))
11530 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11532 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11533 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11535 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11536 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11538 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11540 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11541 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11543 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11544 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11546 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11548 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11549 Compile fortune file.
11551 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11552 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11554 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11556 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11557 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11559 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11560 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11561 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11562 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11564 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11566 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11567 Display a fortune cookie.
11569 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11570 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11571 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11572 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11574 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11578 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11579 ;;;;;; (17866 27909))
11580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11582 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11583 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11584 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11585 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11587 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11588 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11589 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11590 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11592 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11593 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11594 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11595 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11596 some of the buffers.
11598 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11600 The following commands help control operation :
11602 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11603 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11605 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11606 detailed description of this mode.
11609 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11611 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11612 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11616 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11617 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11618 | | (comint-mode) |
11625 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11626 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11627 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11628 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11629 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11630 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11632 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11634 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11635 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11637 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11641 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11642 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17851
11644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11646 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11647 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11648 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11649 instead (which see).")
11651 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11652 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11654 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11655 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11656 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11657 documentation string instead.
11659 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11660 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11661 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11662 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11663 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11664 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11665 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11666 enders are actually possible.
11668 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11669 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11671 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11672 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11673 `font-lock-keywords'.
11675 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11676 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11677 runs the macro expansion.
11679 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11680 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11681 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11683 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11685 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11687 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11688 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11690 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11692 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11693 Enter generic mode MODE.
11695 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11696 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11697 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11699 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11700 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11704 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11705 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11706 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11707 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11708 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11709 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11710 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11711 `font-lock-keywords'.
11713 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11717 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11718 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
11719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11721 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11722 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11723 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11724 at places they belong to.
11726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11730 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11731 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17851 10856))
11732 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11734 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11735 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11737 Guideline for numbers:
11738 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11739 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11742 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11744 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11745 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11746 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11748 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11750 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11751 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11753 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11755 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11756 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11758 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11759 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11760 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11761 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11762 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11763 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11765 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11766 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11767 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11768 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11769 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11771 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11773 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11777 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11778 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17851 10857))
11779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11780 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11781 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11783 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11784 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11788 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11790 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11791 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11792 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11793 name of an NNTP server to use.
11794 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11797 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11799 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11800 Read news as a slave.
11802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11804 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11805 Pop up a frame to read news.
11806 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11807 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11808 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11809 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11810 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11811 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11812 current display is used.
11814 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11816 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11818 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11819 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11820 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11822 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11826 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11827 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11828 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11829 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11830 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11831 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17851 10856))
11832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11834 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11835 Start Gnus unplugged.
11839 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11840 Start Gnus plugged.
11844 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11845 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11849 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11850 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11852 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11853 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11854 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11856 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11857 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11858 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11862 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11863 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11867 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11868 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11869 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11870 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11871 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11874 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11876 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11877 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11878 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11879 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11880 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11883 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11885 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11886 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11890 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11891 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11892 downloaded into the agent.
11894 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11896 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11897 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11898 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11899 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11901 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11903 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11904 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11908 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11909 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11913 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11914 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11915 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11917 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11921 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11922 ;;;;;; (17854 10614))
11923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11925 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11926 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11932 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11933 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
11934 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11936 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11937 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11943 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11944 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11945 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17851
11947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11949 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11950 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11953 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11957 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11958 Generate the cache active file.
11960 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11962 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11963 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11967 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11968 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11969 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11970 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11971 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11974 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11976 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11977 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11978 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11979 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11980 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11983 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11987 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11988 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17851 10857))
11989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11991 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11992 Delay this article by some time.
11993 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11995 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11996 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11998 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11999 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12001 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12002 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12004 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12006 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12007 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12011 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12012 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12013 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12014 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12016 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12017 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12019 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12023 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12024 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17851 10857))
12025 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12027 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12030 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12032 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12035 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12039 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12040 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12043 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12044 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12050 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12051 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12054 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12055 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12061 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12062 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12063 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17851
12065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12067 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12068 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12072 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12073 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12077 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12078 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12082 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12083 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12087 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12088 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12089 The PNG is returned as a string.
12091 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12093 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12094 Convert FILE to a Face.
12095 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12098 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12103 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17851 10857))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12106 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12107 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12108 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12110 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12112 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12113 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12115 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12120 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12123 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12125 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12126 Run batched scoring.
12127 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12133 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12134 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12135 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12138 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12143 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12144 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12145 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12147 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12149 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12150 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12152 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12158 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12159 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12160 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12163 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12164 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12165 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12166 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12169 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12170 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12171 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12172 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12174 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12175 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12176 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12177 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12178 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12179 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12180 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12181 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12182 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12183 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12185 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12187 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12188 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12189 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12192 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12193 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12195 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12197 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12198 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12199 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12201 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12205 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12206 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12207 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12209 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12211 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12212 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12213 existing groups are considered.
12215 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12216 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12219 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12220 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12221 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12222 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12223 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12224 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12225 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12226 clauses will be generated.
12228 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12229 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12230 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12231 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12232 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12233 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12235 For example, given the following group parameters:
12238 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12239 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12241 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12242 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12243 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12244 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12246 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12248 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12250 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12252 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12253 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12256 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12260 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12261 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12264 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12265 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12266 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12268 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12272 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12273 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17851 10857))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12276 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12277 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12278 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12279 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12281 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12283 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12286 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12288 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12289 Like `message-reply'.
12291 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12293 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12297 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12298 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17851 10857))
12299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12301 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12302 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12306 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12307 Load the NoCeM cache.
12313 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12314 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12315 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12316 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12318 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12319 Display picons in the From header.
12320 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12324 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12325 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12326 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12330 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12331 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12332 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12338 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12339 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12340 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12341 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12342 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17851 10857))
12343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12345 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12346 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12347 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12348 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12350 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12352 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12353 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12354 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12357 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12359 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12360 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12361 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12363 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12365 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12368 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12370 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12371 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12372 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12374 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12376 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12377 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12378 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12380 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12382 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12384 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12385 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12386 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12388 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12390 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12391 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12392 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12394 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12396 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12397 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12398 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12400 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12402 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12403 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12405 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12409 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12410 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17851 10857))
12411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12413 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12418 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12419 Install the registry hooks.
12425 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12426 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17851
12428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12430 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12431 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12432 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12433 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12434 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12435 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12439 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12440 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12441 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12442 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12443 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12447 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12454 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12455 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12458 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12459 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12460 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12461 for matching on group names.
12463 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12464 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12466 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12468 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12474 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12475 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12478 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12479 Update the format specification near point.
12485 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12486 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17851
12488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12490 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12491 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12493 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12495 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12502 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12503 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12506 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12507 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12509 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12513 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17851 10865))
12514 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12516 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12517 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12519 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12520 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12521 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12523 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12524 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12525 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12527 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12528 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12530 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12531 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12533 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12535 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12539 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12540 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17851 10863))
12541 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12543 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12545 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12546 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12547 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12548 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12549 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12551 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12553 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12554 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12555 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12557 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12558 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12560 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12561 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12564 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12568 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12569 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12570 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17875 14313))
12571 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12573 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12574 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12576 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12578 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12579 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12580 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12581 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12582 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12584 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12585 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12587 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12589 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12590 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12591 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12592 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12594 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12596 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12597 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12599 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12601 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12602 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12604 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12605 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12606 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12608 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12609 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12610 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12612 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12613 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12615 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12616 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12618 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12620 (defvar grep-history nil)
12622 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12624 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12625 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12626 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12630 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12635 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12636 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12640 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12641 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12642 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12643 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12644 where grep found matches.
12646 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12647 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12649 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12650 easily repeat a grep command.
12652 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12653 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12654 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12655 if that history list is empty).
12657 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12659 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12660 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12661 Collect output in a buffer.
12662 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12663 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12665 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12666 easily repeat a find command.
12668 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12670 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12672 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12673 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12674 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12675 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12676 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12678 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12679 before it is executed.
12680 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12682 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12683 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12684 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12686 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12688 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12690 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12691 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12692 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12693 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12694 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12696 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12697 before it is executed.
12698 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12700 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12701 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12702 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12704 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12706 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12710 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17851 10830))
12711 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12713 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12714 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12715 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12716 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12717 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12719 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12723 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12724 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17871 15754))
12725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12727 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12728 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12729 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12730 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12731 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12732 `gdba' for more information.
12734 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12735 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12736 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12737 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12738 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12741 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12743 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12744 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12745 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12746 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12748 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12750 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12751 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12752 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12753 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12755 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12757 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12758 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12759 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12760 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12762 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12763 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12765 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12767 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12768 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12769 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12770 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12772 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12774 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12775 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12776 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12777 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12779 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12781 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12782 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12783 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12784 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12785 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12787 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12788 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12789 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12790 original source file access method.
12792 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12793 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12795 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12797 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12798 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12799 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12800 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12802 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12803 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12805 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12807 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12808 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12814 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17851
12816 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12818 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12819 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12820 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12821 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12823 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12824 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12825 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12826 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12832 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12833 ;;;;;; (17753 42784))
12834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12836 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12837 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12839 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12841 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12842 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12843 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12844 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12846 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12850 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12851 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12852 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12853 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12860 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12861 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12862 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12863 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17851 10830))
12864 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12866 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12867 Return the help-echo string at point.
12868 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12869 property, or nil, is returned.
12870 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12871 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12872 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12874 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12876 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12877 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12878 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12879 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12880 this produces no string either, return nil.
12884 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12885 Display local help in the echo area.
12886 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12887 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12888 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12891 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12892 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12893 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12897 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12898 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12899 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12903 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12904 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12905 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12909 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12910 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12911 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12912 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12913 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12914 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12915 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12916 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12917 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12918 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12919 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12921 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12922 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12923 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12924 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12925 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12927 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12928 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12929 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12930 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12931 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12932 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12933 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12934 The default is `never'.")
12936 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12938 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12939 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12940 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12941 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12942 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12943 considered different regions.
12945 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12946 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12947 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12948 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12949 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12950 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12951 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12952 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12953 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12955 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12957 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12958 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12959 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12960 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12963 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12964 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12965 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12966 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12967 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12968 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12969 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12970 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12972 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12973 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12974 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12975 rarely happens in practice.
12977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12979 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12980 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12981 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12982 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12983 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12984 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12990 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12991 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12992 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12993 ;;;;;; (17851 39450))
12994 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12996 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12997 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12999 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13001 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13002 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13003 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13005 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13007 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13008 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13010 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13012 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13015 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13017 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13018 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13019 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13020 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13022 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13024 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13025 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13026 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13027 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13028 it is displayed along with the global value.
13030 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13032 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13033 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13034 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13035 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13037 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13039 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13040 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13041 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13042 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13043 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13045 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13049 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13050 ;;;;;; (17851 10830))
13051 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13053 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13054 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13055 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13056 and window listing and describing the options.
13057 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13058 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13060 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13064 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13065 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13066 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17851 10833))
13067 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13069 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13070 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13071 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13077 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13082 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13087 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13088 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13090 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13091 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13092 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13093 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13095 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13096 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13097 restore it properly when going back.
13099 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13101 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13102 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13104 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13105 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13106 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13107 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13108 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13109 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13110 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13111 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13113 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13114 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13115 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13116 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13118 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13119 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13122 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13124 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13125 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13126 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13127 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13128 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13129 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13131 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13133 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13134 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13135 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13136 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13137 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13139 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13141 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13142 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13144 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13148 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13149 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17851 10853))
13150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13152 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13153 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13157 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13158 Provide help for current mode.
13164 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13165 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17851 39450))
13166 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13168 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13169 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13170 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13171 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13172 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13174 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13175 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13177 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13178 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13179 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13180 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13182 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13183 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13186 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13191 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13192 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13193 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13194 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13195 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13196 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13197 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13198 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13199 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13200 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13201 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13202 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13203 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13204 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13205 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13207 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13208 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13209 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13211 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13214 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13216 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13217 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13218 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13220 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13221 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13222 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13224 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13225 into the buffer at the current point.
13227 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13228 into the buffer at the current point.
13230 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13231 into the buffer at the current point.
13233 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13235 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13236 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13238 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13240 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13244 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13245 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13246 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13247 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13249 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13251 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13252 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13253 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13259 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13260 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13261 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13262 ;;;;;; (17860 50079))
13263 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13265 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13266 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13268 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13269 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13270 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13271 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13272 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13273 called interactively, are:
13275 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13276 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13278 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13279 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13280 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13281 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13283 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13284 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13286 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13287 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13289 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13290 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13291 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13292 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13293 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13294 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13296 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13297 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13299 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13300 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13302 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13303 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13304 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13305 Patterns will be read until
13307 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13311 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13312 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13313 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13314 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13315 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13316 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13318 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13320 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13321 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13322 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13323 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13324 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13328 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13330 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13331 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13333 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13334 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13335 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13336 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13338 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13340 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13342 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13343 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13345 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13346 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13347 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13348 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13350 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13352 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13354 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13355 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13357 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13358 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13360 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13362 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13364 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13365 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13367 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13368 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13369 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13370 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13371 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13373 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13375 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13376 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13378 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13379 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13380 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13386 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13387 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17851 10868))
13388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13390 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13391 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13392 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13393 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13394 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13395 how the hiding is done:
13398 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13399 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13402 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13403 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13404 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13405 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13406 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13409 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13410 #endif lines when hiding.
13412 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13413 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13416 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13417 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13418 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13420 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13424 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13425 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13427 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13429 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13430 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13432 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13434 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13435 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13437 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13441 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13442 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
13443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13445 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13446 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13447 Each element has the form
13448 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13450 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13451 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13453 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13454 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13456 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13457 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13458 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13459 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13460 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13461 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13463 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13464 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13466 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13467 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13469 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13470 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13471 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13473 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13474 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13475 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13476 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13477 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13478 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13480 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13481 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13482 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13484 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13485 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13487 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13490 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13496 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13497 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13498 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13499 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13500 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17851 10833))
13501 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13503 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13504 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13505 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13507 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13509 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13510 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13512 Without an argument:
13513 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13514 or passive state as determined by the variable
13515 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13518 With an argument ARG:
13519 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13520 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13521 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13523 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13524 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13525 not displayed in a different face.
13528 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13529 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13530 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13531 buffer with the contents of a file
13532 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13533 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13537 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13538 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13539 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13543 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13544 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13548 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13549 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13553 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13554 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13556 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13557 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13558 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13559 shown in the last face in the list.
13561 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13562 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13563 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13565 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13569 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13570 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13572 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13574 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13577 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13578 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13580 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13581 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13582 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13584 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13586 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13587 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13589 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13590 this function is called interactively.
13592 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13593 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13594 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13596 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13597 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13598 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13600 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13602 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13603 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13605 When called interactively:
13606 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13607 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13608 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13609 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13611 When called from a program:
13612 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13613 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13614 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13615 - otherwise just turn it on
13617 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13618 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13619 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13620 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13626 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13627 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13628 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13629 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13630 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17851 10833))
13631 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13633 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13634 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13635 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13636 or insert functions in this list.")
13638 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13640 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13641 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13643 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13645 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13646 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13648 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13650 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13651 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13653 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13655 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13656 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13658 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13660 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13661 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13662 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13664 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13666 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13667 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13668 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13671 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13673 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13674 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13675 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13676 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13677 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13679 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13681 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13682 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13683 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13684 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13685 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13687 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13688 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13689 undoes the expansion.
13693 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13694 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13695 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13696 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13698 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13702 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13703 ;;;;;; (17851 10833))
13704 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13706 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13707 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13708 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13710 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13711 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13712 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13713 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13714 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13716 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13717 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13718 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13719 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13723 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13724 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13725 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13727 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13728 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13730 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13732 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13733 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13734 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13736 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13737 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13743 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13744 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
13745 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13747 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13748 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13749 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13751 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13755 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13756 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13758 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13759 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13760 different list. For example,
13762 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13763 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13765 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13766 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13768 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13769 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13770 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13771 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13774 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13776 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13780 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17851
13782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13784 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13785 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13791 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13792 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13793 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13794 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13795 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13796 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13797 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13798 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13799 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13800 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13801 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13802 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13803 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13804 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13805 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13806 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13807 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13808 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13809 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13810 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13811 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13812 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13813 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17851 10833))
13814 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13816 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13817 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13818 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13822 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13823 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13825 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13827 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13828 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13830 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13832 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13833 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13835 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13837 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13838 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13842 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13843 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13845 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13847 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13848 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13850 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13851 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13852 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13853 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13854 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13855 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13856 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13857 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13858 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13859 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13860 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13861 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13863 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13866 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13868 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13869 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13873 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13874 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13878 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13879 Remove the first filter group.
13883 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13884 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13886 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13888 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13889 Remove all filter groups.
13893 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13894 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13898 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13899 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13900 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13904 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13905 Kill the filter group at point.
13906 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13908 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13910 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13911 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13915 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13916 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13920 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13921 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13922 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13923 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13925 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13927 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13928 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13929 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13933 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13934 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13935 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13936 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13937 of replacing the current filters.
13941 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13942 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13946 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13947 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13951 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13952 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13954 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13955 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13956 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13960 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13961 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13965 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13966 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13972 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13975 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13977 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13978 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13979 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13981 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13983 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13984 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13988 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13989 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13993 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13994 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13995 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13996 of replacing the current filters.
13999 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14000 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14001 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14002 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14004 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14008 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14009 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14010 Default sorting modes are:
14011 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14012 Name - the name of the buffer
14013 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14014 Size - the size of the buffer
14018 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14019 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14022 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14023 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14024 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14025 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14027 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14028 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14032 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14033 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14034 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14035 for this Ibuffer session.
14037 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14039 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14040 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14041 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14042 for this Ibuffer session.
14044 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14046 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14047 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14049 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14050 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14052 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14053 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14055 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14057 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14058 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14060 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14061 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14063 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14065 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14066 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14070 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14071 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14073 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14074 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14075 hidden group filter, open it.
14077 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14078 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14079 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14083 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14084 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14085 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14089 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14090 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14092 The names are separated by a space.
14093 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14095 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14096 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14097 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14098 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14100 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14104 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14105 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14107 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14109 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14110 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14112 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14114 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14115 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14117 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14119 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14120 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14124 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14125 Mark all modified buffers.
14129 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14130 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14134 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14135 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14139 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14140 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14144 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14145 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14149 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14150 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14154 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14155 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14159 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14160 Mark all read-only buffers.
14164 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14165 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14169 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14170 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14171 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14174 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14178 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14179 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17851
14181 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14183 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14184 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14186 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14187 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14188 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14190 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14191 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14192 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14193 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14194 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14195 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14197 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14198 title of the column.
14200 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14201 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14202 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14203 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14204 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14206 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14208 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14209 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14210 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14211 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14212 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14214 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14215 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14216 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14218 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14220 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14221 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14222 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14223 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14224 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14225 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14227 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14228 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14229 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14230 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14231 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14232 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14233 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14234 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14236 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14237 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14238 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14239 buffer's modification flag.
14240 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14241 prompted before performing this operation.
14242 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14243 operation is complete, in the form:
14244 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14245 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14246 confirmation message, in the form:
14247 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14248 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14249 macro for exactly what it does.
14251 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14253 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14254 Define a filter named NAME.
14255 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14256 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14257 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14259 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14260 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14261 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14262 bound to the current value of the filter.
14264 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14268 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14269 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17851 10834))
14270 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14272 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14273 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14274 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14275 buffers which are visiting a file.
14277 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14279 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14280 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14281 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14282 buffers which are visiting a file.
14284 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14286 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14287 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14288 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14290 All arguments are optional.
14291 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14292 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14293 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14294 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14295 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14296 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14297 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14298 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14299 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14300 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14301 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14302 that value locally in this buffer.
14304 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14308 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14309 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14310 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17851 10852))
14311 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14313 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14314 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14315 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14316 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14318 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14320 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14321 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14322 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14323 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14325 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14326 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14327 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14329 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14331 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14332 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14333 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14334 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14335 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14336 non-marking or not.
14338 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14340 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14341 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14343 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14344 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14347 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14348 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14349 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14351 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14354 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14355 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14356 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14358 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14362 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17851
14364 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14366 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14367 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14368 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14369 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14370 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14371 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14373 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14375 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14376 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14377 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14383 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17851 10868))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14386 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14387 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14388 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14389 Tab indents for Icon code.
14390 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14391 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14393 Variables controlling indentation style:
14394 icon-tab-always-indent
14395 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14396 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14398 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14399 inserted in Icon code.
14401 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14402 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14403 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14404 icon-continued-statement-offset
14405 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14406 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14407 icon-continued-brace-offset
14408 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14409 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14411 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14412 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14413 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14414 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14416 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14417 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14423 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14424 ;;;;;; (17887 5449))
14425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14427 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14428 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14429 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14430 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14432 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14433 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14436 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14437 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14439 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14440 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14441 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14443 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14445 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14449 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14450 ;;;;;; (17859 27907))
14451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14453 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14454 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14456 The main features of this mode are
14458 1. Indentation and Formatting
14459 --------------------------
14460 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14461 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14463 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14464 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14465 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14466 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14468 Comments are indented as follows:
14470 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14471 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14472 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14474 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14476 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14477 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14478 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14479 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14480 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14481 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14483 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14484 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14485 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14486 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14490 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14491 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14492 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14493 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14494 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14495 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14496 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14497 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14498 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14499 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14504 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14505 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14506 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14507 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14511 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14512 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14513 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14514 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14515 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14518 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14519 --------------------------------
14520 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14521 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14523 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14524 \\fu FUNCTION template
14525 \\c CASE statement template
14526 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14527 \\f FOR loop template
14528 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14529 \\w WHILE loop template
14530 \\i IF statement template
14531 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14534 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14535 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14537 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14538 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14539 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14540 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14542 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14543 -------------------------
14544 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14545 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14547 7. Automatic END completion
14548 ------------------------
14549 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14550 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14554 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14555 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14557 9. Documentation and Customization
14558 -------------------------------
14559 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14560 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14561 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14562 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14563 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14567 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14568 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14569 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14571 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14574 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14578 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14579 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14580 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14581 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14582 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14583 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14584 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14585 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17864
14587 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14589 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14590 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14591 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14592 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14594 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14595 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14596 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14599 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14601 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14603 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14604 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14605 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14606 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14607 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14608 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14609 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14610 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14611 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14615 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14616 Switch to another buffer.
14617 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14618 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14621 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14622 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14623 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14624 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14625 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14627 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14628 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14630 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14631 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14633 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14634 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14635 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14636 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14637 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14638 in a separate window.
14639 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14640 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14641 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14642 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14643 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14644 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14645 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14646 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14647 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14651 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14652 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14653 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14654 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14658 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14659 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14660 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14661 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14665 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14667 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14668 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14672 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14673 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14674 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14675 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14679 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14680 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14681 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14682 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14686 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14687 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14691 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14692 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14693 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14694 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14695 visible in another frame.
14697 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14698 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14699 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14700 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14701 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14702 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14704 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14705 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14707 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14708 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14710 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14711 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14712 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14713 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14714 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14715 in a separate window.
14716 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14717 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14718 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14719 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14720 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14721 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14722 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14723 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14724 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14725 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14726 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14727 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14728 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14729 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14730 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14734 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14735 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14736 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14737 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14741 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14742 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14743 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14744 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14748 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14749 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14750 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14751 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14755 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14756 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14757 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14758 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14762 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14763 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14764 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14765 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14769 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14770 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14771 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14772 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14776 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14777 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14778 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14779 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14783 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14784 Write current buffer to a file.
14785 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14786 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14790 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14791 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14792 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14793 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14797 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14798 Call `dired' the ido way.
14799 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14800 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14804 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14805 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14806 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14807 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14808 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14809 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14811 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14813 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14814 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14815 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14816 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14818 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14820 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14821 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14822 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14823 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14825 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14827 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14828 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14829 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14830 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14831 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14832 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14833 with `completing-read'.
14834 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14835 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14836 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14837 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14838 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14839 with point positioned at the end.
14840 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14841 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14843 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14847 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17851 10834))
14848 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14849 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14851 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14852 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14853 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14859 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14860 ;;;;;; (17851 10834))
14861 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14863 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14864 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14868 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14869 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14875 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14876 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14877 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14878 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14879 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17868 42183))
14880 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14882 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14883 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14884 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14887 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14889 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14890 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14891 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14896 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14897 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14898 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14901 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14903 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14904 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14905 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14908 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14910 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14911 Determine and return image type.
14912 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14913 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14914 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14915 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14916 use its file extension as image type.
14917 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14919 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14921 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14922 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14923 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14925 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14927 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
14928 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14929 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
14931 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
14932 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
14933 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
14934 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
14935 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
14936 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
14941 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14943 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14944 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14945 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14946 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14947 use its file extension as image type.
14948 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14949 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14950 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14951 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14953 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14955 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14957 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14958 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14959 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14960 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14961 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14962 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14963 POS may be an integer or marker.
14964 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14965 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14966 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14967 means display it in the right marginal area.
14969 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14971 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14972 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14973 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14974 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14975 defaulted if you omit it.
14976 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14977 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14978 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14979 means display it in the right marginal area.
14980 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14981 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14982 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14983 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14984 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14986 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14988 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14989 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14990 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14991 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14992 defaulted if you omit it.
14993 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14994 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14995 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14996 means display it in the right marginal area.
14997 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14999 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15001 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15002 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15003 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15004 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15006 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15008 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15009 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15011 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15013 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15014 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15015 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15016 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15017 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15018 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15019 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15020 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15023 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15025 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15027 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15029 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15030 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15032 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15033 documentation string.
15035 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15036 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15037 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15038 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15039 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15040 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15041 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15046 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15047 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15049 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15053 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15054 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15055 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17851 10834))
15056 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15058 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15059 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15060 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15061 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15063 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15064 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15065 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15066 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15068 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15070 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15071 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15072 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15073 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15075 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15076 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15077 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15078 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15080 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15082 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15083 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15087 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15088 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15089 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15090 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15092 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15094 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15095 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15096 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15098 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15099 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15101 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15103 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15104 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15105 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15106 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15108 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15109 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15110 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15116 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15117 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17866 8262))
15118 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15119 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15120 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15121 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15122 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15123 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15124 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15126 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15127 Major mode for image files.
15128 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15129 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15133 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15134 Toggle Image minor mode.
15135 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15136 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15140 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15141 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15142 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15143 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15144 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15145 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15147 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15148 information on these modes.
15154 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15155 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17851 10835))
15156 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15158 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15159 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15161 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15163 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15164 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15167 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15169 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15170 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15171 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15173 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15175 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15176 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15178 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15179 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15180 pattern's structure.
15182 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15183 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15184 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15187 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15189 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15190 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15192 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15193 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15194 called within a `save-excursion'.
15196 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15198 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15200 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15201 Function for finding the next index position.
15203 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15204 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15205 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15208 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15209 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15211 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15213 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15214 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15216 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15217 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15218 It should return the name for that index item.")
15220 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15222 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15223 Function to compare string with index item.
15225 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15226 non-nil if they match.
15228 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15229 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15230 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15231 arguments match\".")
15233 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15235 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15236 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15237 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15239 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15241 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15243 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15245 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15246 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15247 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15248 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15252 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15253 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15255 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15259 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15260 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15261 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15262 for more information.
15264 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15268 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15269 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15270 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17851 10861))
15271 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15273 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15274 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15276 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15278 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15281 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15283 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15286 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15288 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15291 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15293 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15294 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15295 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15296 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15297 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15299 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15301 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15302 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15303 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15304 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15305 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15307 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15311 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15312 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15313 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17851 10868))
15314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15316 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15317 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15318 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15319 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15320 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15322 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15324 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15325 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15327 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15329 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15330 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15331 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15332 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15333 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15334 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15335 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15336 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15338 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15340 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15341 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15342 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15343 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15344 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15346 This variable is only used if the variable
15347 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15349 More precise choices:
15350 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15351 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15354 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15356 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15358 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15359 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15361 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15362 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15363 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15365 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15366 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15367 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15368 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15371 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15373 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15377 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15378 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15379 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15380 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17870 6128))
15381 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15383 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15384 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15386 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15387 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15388 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15390 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15391 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15392 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15393 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15394 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15395 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15396 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15397 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15398 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15399 with the top-level Info directory.
15401 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15402 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15403 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15404 appended to the Info buffer name.
15406 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15407 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15408 in all the directories in that path.
15410 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15412 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15413 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15417 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15418 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15419 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15420 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15424 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15425 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15426 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15427 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15429 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15431 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15432 Go to the Info directory node.
15436 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15437 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15438 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15439 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15440 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15441 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15443 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15445 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15446 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15447 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15449 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15451 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15452 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15453 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15454 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15455 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15457 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15458 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15460 Selecting other nodes:
15461 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15462 Follow a node reference you click on.
15463 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15464 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15465 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15466 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15467 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15468 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15469 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15470 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15471 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15472 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15473 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15474 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15475 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15476 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15477 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15478 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15479 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15480 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15481 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15482 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15484 Moving within a node:
15485 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15486 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15487 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15488 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15489 move up to the parent node.
15490 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15491 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15493 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15496 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15497 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15498 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15499 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15500 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15501 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15502 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15503 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15504 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15505 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15506 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15507 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15508 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15509 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15510 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15511 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15514 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15516 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15517 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15518 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15519 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15520 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15521 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15523 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15524 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15526 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15527 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15529 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15530 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15531 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15532 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15536 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15537 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15538 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15544 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15545 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15546 ;;;;;; (17880 31192))
15547 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15549 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15550 Throw away all cached data.
15551 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15552 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15556 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15558 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15559 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15560 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15561 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15562 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15563 one found at point.
15565 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15567 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15568 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15570 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15571 Display the documentation of a file.
15572 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15573 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15574 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15575 The default file name is the one found at point.
15577 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15579 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15581 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15582 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15584 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15586 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15587 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15589 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15593 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15594 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17851 10835))
15595 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15597 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15598 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15600 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15602 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15603 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15604 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15608 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15609 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15610 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15612 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15613 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15620 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15621 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17851 10835))
15622 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15624 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15625 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15627 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15629 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15630 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15631 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15633 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15634 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15635 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15637 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15638 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15639 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15640 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15644 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15645 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15646 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15650 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15651 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15652 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15653 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15654 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15660 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15661 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15662 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
15663 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15665 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15666 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15670 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15671 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15675 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15678 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15682 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17854
15684 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15686 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15687 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15688 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15689 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15690 accessed via isearchb.
15696 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15697 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15698 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15699 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17851 10860))
15700 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15702 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15703 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15704 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15705 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15707 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15709 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15710 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15711 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15712 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15714 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15716 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15717 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15718 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15719 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15721 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15723 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15724 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15725 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15726 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15728 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15730 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15731 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15732 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15733 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15735 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15737 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15738 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15739 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15740 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15742 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15744 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15745 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15746 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15747 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15749 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15751 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15752 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15753 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15754 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15756 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15758 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15759 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15760 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15761 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15763 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15765 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15766 Warn that format is read-only.
15770 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15771 Warn that format is write-only.
15775 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15776 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15783 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
15784 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15785 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15786 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15787 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15791 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15792 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15793 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15794 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15795 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15796 ;;;;;; (17875 14313))
15797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15798 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15800 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15801 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15802 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15803 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15805 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15806 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15808 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15809 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15810 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15812 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15813 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15816 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15818 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15820 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15822 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15824 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15826 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15828 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15830 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15831 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15833 Each element of this list is also a list:
15835 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15836 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15838 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15839 nil means the default dictionary.
15841 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
15843 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15845 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15846 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15847 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15848 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15849 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15850 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15851 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15852 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15853 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15855 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
15856 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15857 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15858 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15859 for non-ASCII bytes.
15861 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15862 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15865 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15868 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15869 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15870 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15871 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15872 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15873 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15874 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15875 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15877 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15879 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15880 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15881 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15883 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15884 Key map for ispell menu.")
15886 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15887 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15888 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15889 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15891 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15893 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15895 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15897 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15899 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15900 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15901 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15902 Valid forms include:
15903 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15904 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15905 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15906 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15908 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15909 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15910 First list is used raw.
15911 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15913 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15914 for skipping in latex mode.")
15916 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15917 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15918 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15919 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15920 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15921 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15923 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15924 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15925 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15926 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15928 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15929 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15930 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15931 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15932 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15934 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15935 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15937 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15938 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15940 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15941 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15944 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15945 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15946 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15947 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15948 quit spell session exited.
15950 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15952 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15953 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15954 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15956 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15958 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15959 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15963 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15964 SPC: Accept word this time.
15965 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15966 `a': Accept word for this session.
15967 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15968 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15969 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15970 `?': Show these commands.
15971 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15972 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15973 the aborted check to be completed later.
15974 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15975 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15976 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15977 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15978 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15979 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15980 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15984 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15985 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15986 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15988 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15990 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15991 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15992 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15993 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15995 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15997 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15999 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16000 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16001 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16002 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16004 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16006 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16007 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16011 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16012 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16016 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16017 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16021 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16022 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16023 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16024 sequence inside of a word.
16026 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16028 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16030 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16031 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16035 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16036 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16037 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16038 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16040 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16041 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16042 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16043 available on the net.
16047 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16048 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16049 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16051 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16052 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16054 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16055 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16059 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16060 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16061 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16062 Don't check included messages.
16064 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16065 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16066 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16068 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16069 in your .emacs file:
16070 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16071 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16072 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16073 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16075 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16076 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16077 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16083 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17838
16085 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16087 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16088 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16089 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16090 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16091 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16092 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16094 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16096 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16097 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16098 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16099 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16100 `iswitchb' for details.
16102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16106 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16107 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16108 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16109 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17851 10861))
16110 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16112 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16117 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16118 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16119 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16120 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16121 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16122 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16123 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16124 necessary to represent OBJ.
16126 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16128 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16129 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16130 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16131 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16133 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16135 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16136 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16137 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16138 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16139 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16141 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16143 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16144 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16145 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16146 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16148 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16150 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16151 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16152 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16153 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16155 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16157 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16158 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16160 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16162 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16163 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16164 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16165 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16166 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16168 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16170 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16171 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16172 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16173 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16174 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16176 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16178 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16179 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16180 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16182 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16186 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16187 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17853 24757))
16188 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16190 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16191 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16192 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16193 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16195 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16198 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16200 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16201 Uninstall jka-compr.
16202 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16203 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16204 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16210 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16211 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16212 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
16213 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16215 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16216 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16217 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16218 decimal key must be specified.")
16220 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16222 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16223 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16224 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16225 decimal key must be specified.")
16227 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16229 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16230 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16231 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16232 decimal key must be specified.")
16234 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16236 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16237 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16238 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16239 decimal key must be specified.")
16241 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16243 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16244 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16245 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16246 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16247 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16251 -------------------------------------------------------------
16252 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16253 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16254 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16255 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16256 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16257 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16258 in the global and local keymaps.
16260 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16261 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16263 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16267 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16268 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
16269 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16271 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16272 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16273 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16275 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16276 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16277 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16278 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16281 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16282 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16283 the context of text formatting.
16285 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16289 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17851
16291 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16293 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16294 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16295 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16296 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16297 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16298 positions that contains the current selection.")
16300 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16301 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16302 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16303 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16304 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16305 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16306 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16308 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16312 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16313 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16314 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16315 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17851 10836))
16316 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16317 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16318 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16319 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16320 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16321 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16322 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16323 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16325 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16326 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16327 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16328 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16329 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16331 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16333 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16334 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16335 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16337 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16338 defining the macro.
16340 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16341 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16342 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16344 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16345 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16349 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16350 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16351 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16352 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16353 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16356 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16357 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16358 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16362 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16363 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16364 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16366 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16367 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16368 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16369 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16371 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16372 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16374 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16376 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16377 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16378 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16380 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16383 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16384 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16386 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16387 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16388 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16390 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16391 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16395 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16396 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16397 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16398 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16400 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16402 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16403 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16404 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16405 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16407 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16408 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16410 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16412 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16413 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16414 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16416 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16420 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16421 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16422 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
16423 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16425 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16427 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16430 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16432 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16435 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16437 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16440 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16444 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16445 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17851 10861))
16446 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16448 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16449 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16450 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16452 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16459 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16460 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
16461 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16463 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16465 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16466 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16470 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16472 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16473 Start or resume an Lm game.
16474 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16475 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16477 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16478 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16479 none / 1 | yes | no
16484 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16485 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16486 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16492 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16493 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16494 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17851
16496 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16498 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16501 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16503 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16504 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16505 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16506 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16507 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16508 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16510 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16511 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16513 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16515 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16516 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16518 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16520 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16523 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16525 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16526 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16527 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16528 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16531 The return value is number of composed characters.
16533 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16535 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16538 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16542 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16543 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16544 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17851 10860))
16545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16547 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16548 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16549 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16550 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16552 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16554 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16555 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16556 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16558 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16560 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16561 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16562 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16566 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16567 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16568 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16569 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16571 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16575 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16576 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17875 14313))
16577 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16579 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16580 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16581 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16582 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16583 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16584 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16585 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16586 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16588 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16589 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16591 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16592 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16594 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16596 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16597 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16598 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16599 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16600 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16601 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16602 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16603 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16605 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16607 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16608 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16609 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16610 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16612 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16613 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16615 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16619 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16620 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
16621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16623 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16625 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16627 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16628 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16634 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16635 ;;;;;; (17851 10837))
16636 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16638 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16639 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16641 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16642 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16644 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16645 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16647 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16648 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16649 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16650 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16651 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16652 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16653 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16654 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16655 and transmit saved text.
16658 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16659 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16663 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16670 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17851 10866))
16671 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16673 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16674 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16675 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16676 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16677 generations (this defaults to 1).
16679 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16683 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17871
16685 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16687 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16688 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16689 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16690 is nil, raise an error.
16692 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16693 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16694 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16695 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16696 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16697 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16698 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16699 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16700 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16702 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16706 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16707 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17851 10838))
16708 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16710 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16711 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16712 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16714 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16716 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16717 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16718 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16719 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16721 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16722 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16723 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16724 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16725 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16726 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16729 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16730 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16732 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16733 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16735 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16737 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16738 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16739 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16740 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16741 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16742 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16743 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16744 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16745 to constrain a big search.
16747 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16748 except that FILTER is not optional.
16750 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16754 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17851 10838))
16755 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16757 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16758 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16759 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16760 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16761 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16762 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16763 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16764 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16765 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16766 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16767 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16768 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16769 uses the current buffer.
16771 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16775 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17851
16777 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16779 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16780 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16786 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17851
16788 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16790 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16791 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16792 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16793 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16794 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16796 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16797 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16798 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16800 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16801 are indicated with a symbol.
16803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16807 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16808 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17851
16810 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16812 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16814 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16816 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16817 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16818 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16820 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16821 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16823 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16824 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16825 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16826 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16827 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16828 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16829 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16831 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16833 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16834 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16835 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16836 switch on this list.
16837 See `lpr-command'.")
16839 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16841 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16842 *Name of program for printing a file.
16844 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16845 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16846 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16847 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16848 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16849 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16852 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16854 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16855 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16856 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16857 for customization of the printer command.
16861 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16862 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16864 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16865 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16866 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16867 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16869 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16870 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16872 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16873 for further customization of the printer command.
16877 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16878 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16879 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16880 for customization of the printer command.
16882 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16884 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16885 Paginate and print the region contents.
16887 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16888 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16889 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16890 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16892 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16893 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16895 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16896 for further customization of the printer command.
16898 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16902 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16903 ;;;;;; (17851 39451))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16906 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16907 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16908 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16910 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
16914 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17851
16916 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16918 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16919 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16920 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16922 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16928 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17851
16930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16932 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16933 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16940 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16941 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
16942 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16944 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16945 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16946 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16947 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16948 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16950 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16954 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16955 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17851 10838))
16956 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16958 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16959 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16960 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16961 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16962 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16964 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16966 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16967 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16968 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16969 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16971 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16972 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16973 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16974 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16977 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16978 use this command, and then save the file.
16980 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16982 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16983 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16984 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16985 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16986 each time the macro executes.
16987 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16988 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16989 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16990 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16991 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16992 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16993 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16997 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16998 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16999 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17000 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17002 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17003 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17004 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17007 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17008 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17010 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17011 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17012 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17013 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17014 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17016 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17019 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17020 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17021 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17023 You could enter the names in this format:
17029 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17032 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17035 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17036 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17038 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17039 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17043 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17044 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17851 10861))
17045 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17047 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17048 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17049 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17050 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17051 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17052 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17054 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17055 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17056 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17057 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17058 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17060 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17061 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17062 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17065 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17067 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17068 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17070 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17074 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17075 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17076 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
17077 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17079 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17080 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17084 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17089 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17090 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17092 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17094 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17095 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17096 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17099 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17105 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17106 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17107 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17851
17109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17111 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17112 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17113 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17114 often correct parser.")
17116 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17118 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17121 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17123 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17124 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17125 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17126 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17128 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17130 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17131 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17132 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17133 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17135 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17137 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17138 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17139 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17140 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17141 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17142 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17143 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17146 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17148 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17149 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17150 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17151 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17152 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17153 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17155 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17159 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17160 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17851 10862))
17161 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17163 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17164 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17168 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17169 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17170 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17172 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17174 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17175 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17176 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17178 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17182 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17183 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17851
17185 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17187 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17188 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17189 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17191 If `parens', they look like:
17192 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17193 If `angles', they look like:
17194 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17196 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17198 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17199 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17200 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17201 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17202 their `Resent-' variants.
17204 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17205 removed from alias expansions.
17207 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17209 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17210 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17211 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17213 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17214 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17215 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17216 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17218 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17220 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17221 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17222 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17223 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17229 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17230 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
17231 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17233 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17234 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17235 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17236 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17242 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17243 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17244 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17851 10868))
17245 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17247 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17248 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17250 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17251 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17252 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17253 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17254 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17255 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17257 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17258 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17259 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17260 dependency, despite the colon.
17262 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17264 In the browser, use the following keys:
17266 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17268 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17270 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17271 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17273 `makefile-target-colon':
17274 The string that gets appended to all target names
17275 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17276 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17278 `makefile-macro-assign':
17279 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17280 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17281 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17282 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17283 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17284 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17286 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17287 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17288 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17290 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17291 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17293 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17294 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17295 up or down in the browser.
17297 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17298 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17300 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17301 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17303 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17304 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17305 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17306 has been selected in the browser.
17308 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17309 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17310 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17311 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17312 filenames are omitted.
17314 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17315 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17316 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17317 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17318 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17319 the backslash itself intact.
17320 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17321 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17323 `makefile-browser-hook':
17324 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17325 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17327 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17328 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17329 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17330 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17334 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17335 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17339 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17340 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17344 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17345 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17349 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17350 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17354 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17355 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17361 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17851
17363 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17365 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17366 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17367 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17373 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17851 10838))
17374 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17376 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17378 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17379 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17380 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17381 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17382 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17383 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17384 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17386 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17387 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17388 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17389 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17391 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17393 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17394 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17396 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17400 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17851 10838))
17401 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17403 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17404 Toggle Master mode.
17405 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17406 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17407 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17409 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17410 following commands:
17412 \\{master-mode-map}
17414 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17415 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17416 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17422 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17851
17424 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17426 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17428 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17429 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17430 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17431 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17432 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17433 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17435 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17437 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17438 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17439 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17440 created in the future.
17441 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17442 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17448 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17449 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17450 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17451 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17452 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17453 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17454 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17455 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17456 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17457 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17458 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17851 10858))
17459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17461 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17462 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17464 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17466 If `parens', they look like:
17467 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17468 If `angles', they look like:
17469 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17471 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17472 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17474 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17476 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17477 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17479 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17481 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17482 *Local news organization file.")
17484 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17486 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17487 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17488 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17489 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17491 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17492 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17493 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17495 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17497 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17499 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17500 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17502 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17503 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17504 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17505 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17507 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17509 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17510 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17511 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17512 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17514 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17516 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17517 *Function for citing an original message.
17518 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17519 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17520 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17522 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17524 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17525 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17526 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17527 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17528 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17530 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17532 (defvar message-signature t "\
17533 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17534 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17535 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17536 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17538 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17540 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17541 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17542 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17543 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17545 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17547 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17548 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17550 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17552 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17554 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17555 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17556 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17557 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17558 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17559 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17560 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17561 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17562 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17563 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17564 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17565 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17566 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17567 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17568 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17569 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17570 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17571 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17572 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17573 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17574 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17575 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17576 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17577 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17578 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17579 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17580 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17581 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17582 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17583 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17584 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17585 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17586 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17587 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17588 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17589 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17590 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17594 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17595 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17596 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17598 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17600 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17601 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17603 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17605 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17606 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17608 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17610 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17611 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17613 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17615 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17616 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17617 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17619 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17621 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17622 Cancel an article you posted.
17623 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17627 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17628 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17629 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17630 header line with the old Message-ID.
17634 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17635 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17639 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17640 Forward the current message via mail.
17641 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17642 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17644 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17646 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17649 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17651 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17654 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17656 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17657 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17661 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17662 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17664 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17666 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17667 Re-mail the current message.
17668 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17669 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17674 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17675 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17677 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17679 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17680 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17682 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17684 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17685 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17687 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17689 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17690 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17692 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17694 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17695 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17696 Works by overstriking characters.
17697 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17698 which specify the range to operate on.
17700 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17702 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17703 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17704 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17705 which specify the range to operate on.
17707 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17711 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17712 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
17713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17715 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17716 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17720 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17721 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17725 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17726 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17730 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17731 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17737 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17738 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17739 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
17740 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17742 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17743 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17744 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17748 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17749 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17750 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17751 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17752 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17753 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17754 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17756 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17758 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17759 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17760 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17761 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17762 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17764 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17765 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17767 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17769 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17770 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17771 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17772 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17773 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17775 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17776 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17778 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17782 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17783 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17784 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17851 10863))
17785 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17787 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17788 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17789 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17793 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17794 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17795 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17799 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17800 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17802 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17803 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17804 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17806 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17807 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17809 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17810 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17812 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17814 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17816 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17817 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17818 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17819 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17820 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17823 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17824 initial Subject field, respectively.
17826 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17827 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17830 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17833 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17835 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17836 Save draft and send message.
17838 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17839 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17840 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17843 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17844 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17845 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17847 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17848 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17849 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17850 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17851 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17852 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17854 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17855 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17859 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17860 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17862 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17863 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17864 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17865 delete the draft message.
17871 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17851 10863))
17872 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17874 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17876 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17878 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17880 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17881 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17887 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17888 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17851 10863))
17889 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17891 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17892 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17893 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17895 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17896 the MH mail system.
17898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17900 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17901 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17902 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17904 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17905 the MH mail system.
17907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17909 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17910 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17912 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17913 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17914 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17917 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17918 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17919 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17922 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17926 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17927 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17928 can be used in several ways.
17930 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17931 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17932 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17933 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17937 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17938 The range must be nonempty.
17943 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17944 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17951 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17954 All of the messages.
17956 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17957 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17959 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17960 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17961 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17963 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17969 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17970 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17851 10838))
17971 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17973 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17974 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17975 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17976 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17977 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17978 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17979 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17980 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17981 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17982 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17983 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17987 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17988 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17989 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17990 to its second argument TM.
17992 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17996 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17997 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17851 10838))
17998 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18000 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18001 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18002 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18003 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18004 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18005 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18007 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18009 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18010 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18011 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18012 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18013 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18014 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18015 default indication.
18017 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18018 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18024 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18025 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
18026 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18028 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18029 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18034 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18038 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18039 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18040 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
18041 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18043 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18046 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18048 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18051 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18053 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18054 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18055 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18058 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18062 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18063 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17851 10858))
18064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18066 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18067 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18069 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18071 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18072 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18073 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18074 the entire message.
18075 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18077 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18081 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18082 ;;;;;; (17851 10858))
18083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18085 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18086 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18087 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18088 the entire message.
18089 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18091 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18095 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18096 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17851 10858))
18097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18099 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18100 Insert file contents of URL.
18101 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18103 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18105 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18106 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18108 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18112 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18113 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17851 10858))
18114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18116 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18117 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18118 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18119 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18120 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18122 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18124 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18125 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18126 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18128 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18132 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18133 ;;;;;; (17851 10858))
18134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18136 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18139 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18141 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18144 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18148 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18149 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18150 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17851 10858))
18151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18153 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18156 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18158 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18161 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18163 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18166 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18168 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18171 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18173 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18176 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18178 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18181 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18183 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18190 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18191 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18192 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18194 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18195 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18196 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18197 followed by the first character of the construct.
18199 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18200 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18201 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18202 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18203 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18204 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18205 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18206 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18207 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18208 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18209 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18210 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18211 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18214 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18215 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18216 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18222 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18223 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
18224 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18226 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18227 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18229 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18231 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18232 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18234 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18238 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17851
18240 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18242 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18243 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18244 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18245 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18246 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18247 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18249 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18251 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18252 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18253 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18254 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18256 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18258 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18260 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18262 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18263 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18264 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18265 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18266 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18267 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18269 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18270 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18271 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18272 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18273 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18275 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18276 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18278 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18279 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18281 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18283 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18284 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18285 primary selection and region.
18287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18291 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17863 20633))
18292 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18294 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18295 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18301 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17851 10838))
18302 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18304 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18305 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18306 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18308 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18309 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18311 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18313 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18315 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18316 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18317 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18323 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18324 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18325 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18326 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18327 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18328 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
18329 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18331 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18332 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18333 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18334 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18335 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18336 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18337 set of ISO charsets.
18339 Each element has the following format:
18340 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18342 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18344 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18345 CHARSET are mapped.
18347 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18348 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18349 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18350 character code in CHARSET.
18352 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18353 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18354 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18356 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18357 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18359 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18360 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18362 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18363 Display a list of all character sets.
18365 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18366 internal Emacs use.
18368 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18369 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18370 hexadecimal digits.
18371 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18372 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18374 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18375 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18376 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18377 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18379 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18380 but still shows the full information.
18384 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18385 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18386 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18387 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18388 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18390 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18391 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18392 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18393 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18394 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18396 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18398 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18399 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18400 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18401 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18402 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18404 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18406 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18407 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18409 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18411 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18412 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18414 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18416 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18417 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18419 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18420 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18422 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18423 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18424 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18425 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18426 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18427 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18428 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18429 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18430 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18431 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18432 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18433 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18434 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18435 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18436 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18437 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18441 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18442 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18446 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18447 Display a list of all coding systems.
18448 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18450 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18451 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18455 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18456 Display a list of all coding categories.
18460 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18461 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18462 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18464 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18466 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18467 Display information about FONTSET.
18468 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18470 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18472 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18473 Display a list of all fontsets.
18474 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18475 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18476 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18480 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18481 Display information about all input methods.
18485 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18486 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18488 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18489 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18490 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18491 system which uses fontsets).
18497 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18498 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18499 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18500 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18501 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18502 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17851 10860))
18503 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18505 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18506 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18507 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18509 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18511 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18513 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18514 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18516 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18517 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18519 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18520 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18522 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18524 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18525 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18526 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18527 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18528 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18529 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18530 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18532 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18533 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18534 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18535 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18536 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18537 middle of a character in STR.
18539 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18540 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18542 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18543 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18544 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18545 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18546 defaults to \"...\".
18548 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18550 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18551 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18553 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18554 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18555 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18557 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18558 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18559 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18561 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18562 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18563 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18565 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18566 longer than KEYSEQ.
18567 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18569 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18571 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18572 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18573 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18574 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18575 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18576 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18577 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18578 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18579 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18580 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18581 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18583 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18585 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18586 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18588 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18590 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18591 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18593 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18595 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18596 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18598 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18600 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18601 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18603 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18605 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18606 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18607 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18608 coding systems ordered by priority.
18610 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18612 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18613 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18614 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18615 language environment LANG-ENV.
18617 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18619 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18620 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18621 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18622 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18623 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18624 basis, this may not be accurate.
18626 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18630 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18631 ;;;;;; (17851 10838))
18632 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18634 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18635 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18636 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18638 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18639 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18641 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18643 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18644 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18645 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18646 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18650 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18651 Enable mouse wheel support.
18653 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18657 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18658 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18659 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18660 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17851 10863))
18661 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18663 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18664 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18666 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18668 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18670 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18671 `ping-program-options'.
18675 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18676 Run ipconfig program.
18680 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18682 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18683 Run netstat program.
18687 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18688 Run the arp program.
18692 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18693 Run the route program.
18697 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18698 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18702 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18703 Run nslookup program.
18707 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18708 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18712 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18717 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18722 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18723 Finger USER on HOST.
18725 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18727 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18728 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18729 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18730 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18732 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18734 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18739 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18740 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18742 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18744 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18745 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18747 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18751 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18752 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18753 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18754 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18755 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18756 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17851 10839))
18757 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18759 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18761 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18763 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18765 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18767 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18768 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18769 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18770 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18771 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18772 Major modes should set this variable.")
18774 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18775 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18776 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18777 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18778 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18779 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18781 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18782 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18784 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18785 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18786 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18788 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18789 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18790 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18791 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18792 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18794 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18795 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18796 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18798 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18799 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18800 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18801 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18803 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18804 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18805 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18806 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18807 column indentation or nil.
18808 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18810 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18811 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18812 The function has no args.
18814 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18815 comments always start in column zero.")
18817 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18818 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18819 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18821 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18823 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18824 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18825 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18826 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18828 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18829 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18831 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18833 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18834 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18835 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18836 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18837 customize this variable.
18839 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18840 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18842 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18844 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18845 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18846 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18847 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18848 the variables are properly set.
18850 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18852 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18853 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18857 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18858 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18859 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18861 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18863 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18864 Set the comment column based on point.
18865 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18866 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18867 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18868 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18872 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18873 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18874 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18878 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18879 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18880 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18883 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18885 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18886 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18887 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18888 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18889 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18890 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18891 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18892 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18894 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18895 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18897 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18899 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
18900 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18901 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18902 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18904 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18906 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18907 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18908 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18909 is passed on to the respective function.
18911 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18913 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18914 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18915 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18916 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18917 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18918 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18919 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18920 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18921 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18925 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18926 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18927 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18929 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
18931 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18932 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18933 This indents the body of the continued comment
18934 under the previous comment line.
18936 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18937 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18938 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18940 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18941 or comment indentation.
18943 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18944 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18946 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18950 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18951 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18952 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17873 60335))
18953 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18955 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18956 Check whether newsticker is running.
18957 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18958 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18962 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18963 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18964 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18965 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18970 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18971 Start the newsticker.
18972 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18973 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18974 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18975 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18977 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18979 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18980 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18981 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18986 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18987 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18993 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18994 ;;;;;; (17851 10858))
18995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18997 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18998 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19000 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19004 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17851
19006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19008 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19009 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19010 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19011 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19012 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19013 symbol in the alist.
19015 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19019 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19020 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
19021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19023 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19024 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19025 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19031 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19032 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
19033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19035 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19036 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19037 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19043 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19044 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
19045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19047 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19048 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19050 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19054 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19055 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17851 10859))
19056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19058 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19059 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19063 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19064 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19068 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19069 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19075 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19076 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17851 10839))
19077 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19079 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19080 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19081 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19083 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19085 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19088 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19090 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19091 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19092 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19093 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19094 to future sessions.
19096 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19098 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19099 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19100 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19101 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19102 to future sessions.
19104 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19108 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19109 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
19110 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19112 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19113 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19115 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19116 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19117 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19123 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19124 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
19125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19127 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19128 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19129 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19130 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19131 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19137 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19138 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
19139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19141 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19142 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19143 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19145 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19147 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19148 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19150 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19151 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19152 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19156 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19160 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19161 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
19162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19164 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19165 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19167 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19168 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19169 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19170 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19172 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19173 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19174 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19175 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19176 is why you need this mode!).
19178 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19179 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19180 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19182 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19187 \\{octave-mode-map}
19189 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19190 ==============================================
19193 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19196 octave-auto-newline
19197 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19200 octave-blink-matching-block
19201 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19202 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19204 octave-block-offset
19205 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19208 octave-continuation-offset
19209 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19212 octave-continuation-string
19213 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19214 Default is a backslash.
19216 octave-mode-startup-message
19217 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19220 octave-send-echo-input
19221 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19222 command to the inferior Octave process.
19224 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19225 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19226 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19228 octave-send-echo-input
19229 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19231 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19233 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19234 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19236 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19237 (setq auto-mode-alist
19238 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19240 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19241 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19243 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19247 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19248 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19250 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19251 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19252 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19253 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19259 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19260 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19261 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19262 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19263 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19264 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19265 ;;;;;; (17871 15754))
19266 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19268 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19269 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19270 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19272 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19273 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19274 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19275 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19276 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19277 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19278 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19279 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19280 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19281 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19283 The following commands are available:
19289 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19290 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19292 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19293 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19294 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19295 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19296 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19298 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19299 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19300 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19301 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19302 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19303 and zoom in further.
19304 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19306 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19307 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19308 is negative, go up that many levels.
19310 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19311 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19312 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19314 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19315 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19319 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19320 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19324 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19325 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19326 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19327 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19329 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19330 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19331 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19332 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19333 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19334 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19335 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19336 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19338 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19339 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19340 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19342 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19343 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19344 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19348 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19349 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19350 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19351 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19352 before running the agenda command.
19354 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19356 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19357 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19358 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19359 will be able to go to other weeks.
19360 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19361 also be shown, under the current date.
19362 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19363 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19364 to turn on logging.
19365 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19366 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19367 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19369 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19371 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19372 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19373 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19374 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19375 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19376 `org-todo-keywords'.
19380 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19381 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19382 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19383 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19387 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19388 Return diary information from org-files.
19389 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19390 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19391 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19392 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19394 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19395 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19396 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19398 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19399 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19400 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19401 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19403 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19404 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19405 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19407 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19408 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19409 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19410 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19412 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19414 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19416 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19417 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19421 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19422 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19425 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19427 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19428 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19429 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19431 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19433 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19434 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19435 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19437 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19439 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19440 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19441 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19442 \\[org-insert-link].
19443 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19444 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19445 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19449 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19450 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19451 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19452 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19453 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19457 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19458 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19459 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19460 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19464 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19465 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19466 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19467 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19468 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19469 file the text at a specific location.
19470 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19471 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19472 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19474 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19475 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19476 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19477 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19478 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19479 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19480 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19481 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19483 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19484 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19485 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19486 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19488 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19489 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19490 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19492 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19493 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19494 \(i.e. after the stars).
19496 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19500 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19501 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19505 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19506 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19510 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19511 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19512 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19513 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19517 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19518 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19519 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19520 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19524 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19525 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19526 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19532 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19533 ;;;;;; (17882 17519))
19534 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19535 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19537 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19538 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19539 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19540 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19542 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19543 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19544 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19545 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19547 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19548 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19549 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19550 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19551 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19552 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19554 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19555 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19556 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19558 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19559 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19560 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19561 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19562 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19563 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19564 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19565 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19566 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19567 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19568 The subheadings remain visible.
19569 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19571 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19572 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19573 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19575 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19576 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19580 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19581 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19582 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19583 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17851
19591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19592 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19593 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19594 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19595 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19596 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19597 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19598 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19599 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19600 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19604 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17851 10839))
19605 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19607 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19608 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19609 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19610 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19611 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19612 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19614 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19616 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19617 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19618 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19619 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19621 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19622 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19628 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19629 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
19630 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19632 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19633 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19634 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19635 unknown are returned as nil.
19637 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19641 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17851
19643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19645 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19646 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19647 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19649 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19650 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19652 Other useful functions are:
19654 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19655 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19656 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19657 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19658 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19659 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19660 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19661 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19662 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19664 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19666 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19667 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19668 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19669 Indentation for case statements.
19670 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19671 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19673 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19674 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19675 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19676 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19677 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19678 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19679 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19680 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19681 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19682 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19684 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19685 pascal-separator-keywords.
19687 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19688 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19694 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19695 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
19696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19698 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19699 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19700 The keys affected are:
19701 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19702 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19703 M-Backspace does undo.
19704 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19705 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19706 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19712 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19713 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17851 10853))
19714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19716 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19717 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19718 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19720 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19721 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19723 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19725 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19726 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19728 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19730 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19731 which modify the status of the mark.
19733 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19734 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19736 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19737 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19739 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19740 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19741 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19742 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19743 turning PC Selection mode on.
19745 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19746 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19748 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19749 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19750 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19752 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19753 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19754 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19756 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19757 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19759 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19760 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19761 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19763 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19764 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19765 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19771 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19772 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19777 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19778 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19779 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19780 and cursor movement commands.
19781 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19783 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19785 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19789 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17851
19791 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19793 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19794 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19800 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19801 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17851 10839))
19802 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19804 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19805 Completion for `gzip'.
19809 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19810 Completion for `bzip2'.
19814 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19815 Completion for GNU `make'.
19819 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19820 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19824 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19828 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19829 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17851 10839))
19830 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19832 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19833 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19837 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19838 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19842 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19843 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19849 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17851
19851 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19853 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19854 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19855 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19856 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19857 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19858 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19864 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19865 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19866 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17851 10839))
19867 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19869 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19870 Completion for `cd'.
19874 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19876 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19877 Completion for `rmdir'.
19881 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19882 Completion for `rm'.
19886 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19887 Completion for `xargs'.
19891 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19893 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19894 Completion for `which'.
19898 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19899 Completion for the `chown' command.
19903 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19904 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19910 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19911 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19912 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17851
19914 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19916 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19917 Support extensible programmable completion.
19918 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19919 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19923 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19924 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19928 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19929 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19930 This will modify the current buffer.
19934 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19935 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19939 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19940 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19941 This will modify the current buffer.
19945 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19946 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19950 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19951 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19955 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19956 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19957 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19958 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19959 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19961 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19963 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19964 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19970 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19971 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19972 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17851 10840))
19973 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19975 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19976 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19977 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19978 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19980 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19982 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19984 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19985 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19986 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19987 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19988 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19989 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19992 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19994 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19995 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19996 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19997 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19998 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19999 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20000 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20001 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20003 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20005 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20006 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20007 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20008 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20009 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20010 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20011 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20014 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20016 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20017 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20018 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20019 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20020 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20021 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20022 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20024 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20026 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20028 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20029 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20030 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20032 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20034 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20035 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20036 nil means never do it.
20037 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20038 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20039 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20041 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20043 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20044 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20045 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17851 10839))
20050 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20052 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20056 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20057 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
20058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20060 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20061 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20062 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20063 Tab indents for Perl code.
20064 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20065 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20066 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20068 Variables controlling indentation style:
20069 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20070 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20071 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20072 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20073 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20074 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20075 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20077 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20078 `perl-indent-level'
20079 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20080 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20081 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20082 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20083 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20084 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20085 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20086 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20087 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20088 `perl-brace-offset'
20089 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20090 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20091 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20092 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20093 `perl-label-offset'
20094 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20095 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20096 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20098 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20099 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20100 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20101 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20102 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20103 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20104 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20106 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20112 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20113 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20114 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20115 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17851 10840))
20116 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20118 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20119 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20121 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20123 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20124 passphrase cache or user.
20126 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20128 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20129 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20131 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20134 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20136 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20137 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20139 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20142 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20143 passphrase cache or user.
20145 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20147 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20148 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20150 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20152 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20155 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20156 passphrase cache or user.
20158 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20160 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20161 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20163 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20164 passphrase cache or user.
20166 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20168 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20169 Decrypt the current buffer.
20171 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20174 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20175 passphrase cache or user.
20177 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20179 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20180 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20182 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20183 a detached signature.
20185 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20186 and the the output is displayed.
20188 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20189 passphrase cache or user.
20191 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20193 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20194 Sign the current buffer.
20196 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20197 detached signature.
20199 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20202 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20203 and the the output is displayed.
20205 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20206 passphrase cache or user.
20208 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20210 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20211 Verify the current region between START and END.
20212 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20213 the detached signature of the current region.
20215 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20216 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20218 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20220 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20221 Verify the current buffer.
20222 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20223 the detached signature of the current region.
20224 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20225 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20226 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20229 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20231 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20232 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20236 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20237 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20239 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20241 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20242 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20248 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20249 ;;;;;; (17887 6558))
20250 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20252 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20253 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20255 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20259 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20260 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
20261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20263 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20264 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20265 \\<picture-mode-map>
20266 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20267 afterwards settable by these commands:
20269 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20270 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20271 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20272 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20274 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20275 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20276 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20277 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20279 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20280 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20281 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20282 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20284 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20285 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20286 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20287 with these commands:
20289 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20290 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20291 Move to column following last
20292 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20293 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20294 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20295 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20296 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20297 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20299 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20301 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20302 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20303 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20304 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20305 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20306 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20308 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20309 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20310 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20311 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20312 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20313 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20314 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20316 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20317 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20318 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20319 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20320 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20321 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20322 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20323 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20325 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20326 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20327 by supplying an argument.
20329 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20331 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20332 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20336 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20340 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20341 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
20342 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20344 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20345 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20346 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20348 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20352 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17851 10866))
20353 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20355 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20356 Play pong and waste time.
20357 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20358 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20360 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20368 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20369 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17852 50694))
20370 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20372 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20373 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20374 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20375 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20377 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20379 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20380 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20384 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20385 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20386 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20387 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20388 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20390 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20392 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20393 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20394 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20396 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20398 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20399 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20400 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20401 Ignores leading comment characters.
20407 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20408 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20409 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20410 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20411 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20412 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20413 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20414 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20415 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20416 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20417 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20418 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20419 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20420 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20421 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20422 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20423 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20424 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20425 ;;;;;; (17866 27909))
20426 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20428 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20429 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20431 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20433 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20435 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20437 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20438 Preview directory using ghostview.
20440 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20441 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20442 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20443 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20445 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20446 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20447 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20448 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20449 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20452 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20454 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20456 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20457 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20459 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20460 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20461 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20462 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20464 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20465 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20466 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20467 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20468 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20471 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20473 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20475 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20476 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20478 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20479 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20480 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20481 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20483 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20484 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20485 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20486 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20487 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20490 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20492 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20494 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20495 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20497 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20499 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20500 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20501 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20502 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20504 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20505 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20506 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20507 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20508 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20511 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20513 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20515 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20516 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20518 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20519 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20520 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20522 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20523 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20524 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20525 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20527 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20529 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20530 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20532 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20533 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20534 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20536 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20537 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20538 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20539 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20541 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20543 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20544 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20546 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20547 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20548 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20550 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20551 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20552 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20553 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20555 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20557 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20558 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20560 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20562 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20563 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20564 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20566 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20567 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20568 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20569 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20571 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20573 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20574 Preview region using ghostview.
20576 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20578 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20580 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20581 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20583 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20585 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20587 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20588 Print region using PostScript printer.
20590 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20592 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20594 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20595 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20597 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20599 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20601 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20602 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20604 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20606 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20608 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20609 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20611 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20613 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20615 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20616 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20618 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20620 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20622 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20623 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20625 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20627 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20629 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20630 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20631 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20632 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20634 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20637 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20638 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20640 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20642 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20644 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20645 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20646 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20647 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20651 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20652 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20653 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20654 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20658 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20659 Print directory using text printer.
20661 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20664 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20665 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20667 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20669 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20671 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20672 Print buffer using text printer.
20676 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20677 Print region using text printer.
20681 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20682 Print major mode using text printer.
20686 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20687 Preview spooled PostScript.
20689 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20690 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20691 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20693 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20694 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20695 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20697 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20699 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20700 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20702 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20703 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20704 instead of sending it to the printer.
20706 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20707 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20708 image in a file with that name.
20710 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20712 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20713 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20715 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20716 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20717 instead of sending it to the printer.
20719 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20720 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20721 image in a file with that name.
20723 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20725 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20726 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20728 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20729 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20730 instead of sending it to the printer.
20732 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20733 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20734 image in a file with that name.
20736 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20738 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20739 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20741 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20743 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20744 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20746 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20748 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20749 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20751 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20753 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20754 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20756 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20758 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20759 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20761 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20763 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20764 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20766 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20767 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20768 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20769 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20771 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20772 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20773 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20774 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20775 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20776 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20779 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20781 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20782 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20786 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20787 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20789 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20791 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20796 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20797 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20801 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20802 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20806 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20807 Toggle printing with faces.
20811 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20816 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20821 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20824 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20826 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20831 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20836 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20837 Toggle upside-down.
20841 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20842 Toggle line number.
20846 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20847 Toggle zebra stripes.
20851 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20852 Toggle printing header.
20856 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20857 Toggle printing header frame.
20861 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20866 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20867 Toggle auto region.
20871 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20876 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20877 Customization of the `printing' group.
20879 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20881 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20882 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20884 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20886 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20887 Help for the printing package.
20889 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20891 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20892 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20896 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20897 Interactively select a text printer.
20901 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20902 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20906 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20907 Show current ps-print settings.
20909 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20911 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20912 Show current printing settings.
20914 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20916 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20917 Show current lpr settings.
20919 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20921 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20922 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20924 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20925 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20926 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20927 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20930 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20932 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20933 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20934 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20936 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20937 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20938 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20939 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20940 current active printer.
20942 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20943 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20944 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20947 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20948 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20949 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20950 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20951 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20954 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20955 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20957 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20959 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20960 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20961 be done using the new current active printer.
20963 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20964 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20967 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20968 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20969 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20970 instead of sending it to the printer.
20972 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20973 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20976 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20979 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20982 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20984 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20985 Fast fire function for text printing.
20987 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20988 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20989 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20990 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20992 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20993 user for a new active text printer.
20995 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20997 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20999 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21000 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21003 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21005 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21008 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21012 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21013 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
21014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21016 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21017 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21018 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21020 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21021 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21022 if that value is non-nil.
21026 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21028 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21029 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21030 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21032 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17851 10840))
21037 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21039 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21040 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21041 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21045 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17851
21047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21049 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21050 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21052 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21054 The following variables hold user options, and can
21055 be set through the `customize' command:
21057 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21059 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21060 `ps-mode-print-function'
21062 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21066 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21069 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21075 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21076 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21077 The keymap for this second window is:
21079 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21082 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21083 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21084 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21085 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21086 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21092 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21093 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21094 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21095 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17851 10840))
21096 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21098 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21099 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21103 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21104 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21105 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21106 changed by setting the variable
21107 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21108 The initial value of this variable is
21109 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21112 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21113 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21114 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21115 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21116 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21117 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21120 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21121 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21122 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21123 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21124 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21125 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21126 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21127 use this value, be sure to have installed
21128 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21129 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21130 documentation of this variable).
21132 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21133 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21134 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21135 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21136 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21137 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21139 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21141 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21143 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21144 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21145 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21147 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21149 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21154 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21155 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21157 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21159 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21163 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21165 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21168 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21170 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21171 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21173 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21176 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21180 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21182 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21185 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21187 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21188 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21192 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21193 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21194 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21196 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21198 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21199 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21200 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21202 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21204 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21211 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21212 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21213 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21214 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21215 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21216 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17880
21218 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21220 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21221 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21222 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21224 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21226 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21227 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21228 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21229 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21231 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21233 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21234 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21238 nil Do not print colors.
21242 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21243 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21245 Any other value is treated as t.")
21247 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21249 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21250 Customization of ps-print group.
21254 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21255 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21257 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21258 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21259 sending it to the printer.
21261 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21262 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21263 image in a file with that name.
21265 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21267 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21268 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21269 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21270 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21271 so it has a way to determine color values.
21273 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21275 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21276 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21277 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21279 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21281 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21282 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21283 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21284 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21285 so it has a way to determine color values.
21287 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21289 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21290 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21291 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21292 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21294 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21298 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21299 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21300 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21301 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21302 so it has a way to determine color values.
21304 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21308 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21309 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21310 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21312 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21314 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21316 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21317 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21318 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21319 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21320 so it has a way to determine color values.
21322 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21324 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21326 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21327 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21329 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21330 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21331 instead of sending it to the printer.
21333 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21334 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21335 image in a file with that name.
21337 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21339 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21340 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21341 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21342 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21343 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21347 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21348 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21349 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21351 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21353 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21354 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21355 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21357 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21359 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21360 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21364 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21365 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21367 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21368 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21370 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21371 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21373 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21375 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21377 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21379 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21380 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21382 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21383 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21385 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21386 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21388 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21390 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21392 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21394 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21395 foreground and background colors respectively.
21397 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21398 bold - use bold font.
21399 italic - use italic font.
21400 underline - put a line under text.
21401 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21402 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21403 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21404 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21405 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21407 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21409 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21413 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21414 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
21415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21417 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21419 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21421 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21423 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21424 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21425 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21426 buffer automatically.
21428 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21429 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21430 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21431 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21432 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21433 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21434 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21436 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21437 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21438 buffer for a list of commands.)
21440 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21442 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21443 Major mode for editing Python files.
21444 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21445 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21446 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21447 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21449 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21450 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21451 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21452 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21453 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21454 \\<python-mode-map>
21455 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21456 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21457 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21458 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21459 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21460 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21462 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21463 effect outside them.
21465 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21466 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21467 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21468 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21469 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21470 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21471 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21472 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21473 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21475 \\{python-mode-map}
21479 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21480 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21481 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21482 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21488 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21489 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
21490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21492 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21493 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21494 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21497 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21498 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21500 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21501 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21502 them into characters should be done separately.
21504 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21508 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21509 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21510 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21511 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21512 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17859 27906))
21513 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21515 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21516 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21520 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21521 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21522 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21524 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21525 `quail-activate', which see.
21527 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21529 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21530 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21531 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21532 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21533 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21534 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21535 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21537 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21538 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21539 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21540 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21541 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21543 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21545 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21546 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21547 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21548 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21549 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21550 list of candidates.
21552 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21553 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21554 command to be called.
21556 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21557 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21558 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21559 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21561 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21562 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21563 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21564 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21565 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21568 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21569 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21570 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21571 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21573 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21574 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21575 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21576 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21578 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21579 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21580 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21581 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21582 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21583 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21585 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21586 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21587 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21588 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21589 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21590 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21592 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21593 covers Quail translation region.
21595 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21596 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21597 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21598 for it) is inserted.
21600 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21601 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21602 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21604 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21605 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21606 non-Quail commands.
21608 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21610 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21611 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21613 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21614 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21615 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21616 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21617 you type is correctly handled.
21619 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21621 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21622 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21624 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21627 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21629 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21630 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21631 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21632 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21633 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21634 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21635 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21636 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21637 for the translation.
21638 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21640 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21641 it is used to handle KEY.
21643 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21644 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21645 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21646 the following annotation types are supported.
21648 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21649 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21651 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21654 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21655 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21656 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21659 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21660 generated for the following translations.
21662 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21664 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21665 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21667 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21668 which to install MAP.
21670 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21672 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21674 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21675 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21677 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21678 which to install MAP.
21680 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21682 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21684 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21685 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21686 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21687 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21688 a function, or a cons.
21689 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21690 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21691 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21692 for the translation.
21693 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21694 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21695 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21696 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21697 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21699 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21700 it is used to handle KEY.
21702 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21703 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21704 current Quail package.
21706 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21707 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21709 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21711 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21712 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21714 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21715 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21717 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21719 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21720 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21722 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21724 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21725 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21726 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21727 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21728 of the Emacs source tree.
21730 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21731 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21733 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21734 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21737 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21741 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21742 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21743 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17851
21745 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21747 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21748 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21749 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21750 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21752 To make use of this do something like:
21754 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21756 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21758 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21759 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21761 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21762 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21763 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21765 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21767 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21768 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21770 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21772 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21773 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21775 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21778 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21780 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21781 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21783 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21784 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21785 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21787 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21789 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21790 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21792 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21794 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21795 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21799 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21800 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21802 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21804 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21808 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21809 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21815 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21816 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17851 10864))
21817 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21819 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21821 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21825 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21827 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21830 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21832 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21833 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21834 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21836 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21837 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21839 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21841 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21842 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21848 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17851
21850 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21852 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21853 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21856 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21860 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21861 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
21862 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21864 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21866 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21867 Construct a regexp interactively.
21873 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17851 10841))
21874 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21876 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21877 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21878 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21880 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21881 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21883 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
21885 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21886 Toggle recentf mode.
21887 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21888 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21890 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21891 that were operated on recently.
21893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21897 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21898 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21899 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21900 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17851
21902 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21904 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21905 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21906 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21907 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21909 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21911 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21913 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21914 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21915 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21916 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21919 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21920 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21923 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21925 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21926 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21927 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21929 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21930 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21933 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21935 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21936 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21937 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21939 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21941 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21942 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21944 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21945 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21947 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21950 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21951 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21952 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21953 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21956 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21958 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21959 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21963 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21964 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21965 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21966 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21967 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21968 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21969 and point is at the lower right corner.
21971 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21973 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21974 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21976 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21977 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21979 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21980 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21981 on the right side of the rectangle.
21983 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21985 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21987 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21988 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21989 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21990 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21991 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21993 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21994 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21996 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21998 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21999 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22000 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22002 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22004 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22006 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22008 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22009 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22011 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22012 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22013 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22015 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22017 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22018 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22019 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22021 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22022 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22023 rectangle which were empty.
22025 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22029 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17851
22031 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22033 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22034 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22035 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22037 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22038 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22039 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22045 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22046 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17851 10872))
22047 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22049 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22050 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22054 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22055 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22057 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22058 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22060 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22061 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22062 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22065 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22066 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22067 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22069 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22070 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22071 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22073 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22074 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22076 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22077 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22079 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22080 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22083 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22087 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22088 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22089 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22095 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22096 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22097 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22099 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22100 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22101 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22102 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22103 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22104 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22106 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22108 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22110 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22111 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22112 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22113 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22114 `reftex-cite-format'.
22116 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22117 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22118 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22119 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22121 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22125 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22126 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22127 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22129 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22130 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22131 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22132 the current TeX document.
22134 With no argument, this command toggles
22135 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22136 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22142 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22143 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22144 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22146 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22147 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22148 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22150 To insert new phrases, use
22151 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22152 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22154 To index phrases use one of:
22156 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22157 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22158 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22159 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22160 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22162 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22163 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22165 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22167 Here are all local bindings.
22169 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22175 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22176 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22177 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22179 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22180 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22181 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22184 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17851
22190 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22191 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22192 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22193 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22194 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22198 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22199 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
22200 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22202 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22203 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22204 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22205 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22206 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22207 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22209 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22210 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22212 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22215 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22217 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22218 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22219 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22220 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22222 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22226 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17851 10841))
22227 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22229 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22230 Repeat most recently executed command.
22231 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22232 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22233 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22235 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22236 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22237 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22239 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22243 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22244 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
22245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22247 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22248 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22250 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22251 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22252 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22253 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22254 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22255 and point is left after the salutation.
22257 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22258 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22259 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22260 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22261 left after that text.
22263 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22266 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22267 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22268 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22269 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22271 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22275 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22276 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
22277 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22279 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22280 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22281 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22282 visibility of comments that precede it.
22283 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22284 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22285 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22286 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22287 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22288 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22289 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22290 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22292 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22293 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22294 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22295 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22296 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22299 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22303 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17851
22305 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22307 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22308 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22314 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22315 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
22316 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22318 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22319 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22320 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22322 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22323 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22324 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22328 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22329 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22330 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22331 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22332 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22333 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22335 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22337 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22338 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22339 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22341 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22342 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22343 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22349 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22350 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
22351 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22353 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22354 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22358 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22359 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22361 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22365 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17851 10864))
22366 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22367 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22369 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22370 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22371 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22372 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22374 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22376 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22377 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22378 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22379 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22381 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22382 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22384 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22385 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22387 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22388 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22391 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22392 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22393 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22394 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22395 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22397 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22398 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22399 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22400 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22402 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22403 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22406 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22410 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22411 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22412 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22413 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22414 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22415 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22416 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17851
22418 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22420 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22421 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22422 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22424 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22426 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22427 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22428 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22429 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22431 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22433 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22434 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22435 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22436 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22437 value is the user's email address and name.)
22438 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22440 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22441 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22442 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22443 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22444 which normally happens once for each message,
22445 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22446 To make a change in this variable take effect
22447 for a message that you have already viewed,
22448 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22450 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22452 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22453 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22454 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22455 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22457 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22459 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22460 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22462 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22464 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22465 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22466 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22467 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22469 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22471 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22472 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22474 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22476 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22477 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22479 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22481 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22482 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22483 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22484 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22485 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22487 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22489 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22490 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22491 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22492 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22494 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22496 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22497 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22499 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22501 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22502 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22504 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22506 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22507 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22509 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22511 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22512 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22514 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22515 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22517 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22518 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22520 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22522 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22523 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22525 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22526 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22527 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22528 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22530 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22531 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22533 This is set to nil by default.")
22535 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22536 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22537 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22538 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22539 until a user explicitly requires it.
22541 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22542 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22545 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22547 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22548 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22549 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22550 It is called with no argument.")
22552 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22553 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22554 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22555 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22556 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22557 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22558 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22560 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22561 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22562 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22563 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22564 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22565 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22567 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22568 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22569 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22570 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22571 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22573 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22574 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22575 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22576 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22577 MSG is the message number,
22578 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22579 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22581 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22582 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22583 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22584 this feature is required with `require'.
22586 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22587 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22589 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22590 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22591 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22592 the message is decoded as normal way.
22594 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22595 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22596 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22598 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22599 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22600 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22602 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22603 Read and edit incoming mail.
22604 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22605 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22606 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22608 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22609 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22610 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22611 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22613 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22615 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22617 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22618 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22619 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22620 Instead, these commands are available:
22622 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22623 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22624 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22625 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22626 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22627 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22628 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22629 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22630 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22631 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22632 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22633 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22634 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22635 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22636 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22637 till a deleted message is found.
22638 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22639 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22640 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22641 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22642 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22643 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22644 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22645 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22646 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22647 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22648 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22649 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22650 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22651 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22652 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22653 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22654 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22655 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22656 (label defaults to last one specified).
22657 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22658 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22659 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22660 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22661 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22662 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22663 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22664 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22665 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22669 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22670 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22672 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22674 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22675 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22677 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22681 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22682 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
22683 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22685 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22686 Edit the contents of this message.
22692 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22693 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22694 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17851 10862))
22695 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22697 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22698 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22699 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22701 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22703 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22704 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22705 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22707 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22709 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22712 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22714 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22715 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22716 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22717 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22718 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22720 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22722 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22723 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22724 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22725 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22726 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22728 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22732 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22733 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
22734 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22736 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22737 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22738 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22739 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22741 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22745 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22746 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22747 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17851 10862))
22748 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22750 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22751 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22752 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22753 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22754 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22755 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22756 a file name as a string.")
22758 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22760 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22761 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22762 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22763 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22764 buffer visiting that file.
22765 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22766 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22768 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22769 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22771 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22772 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22774 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22775 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22777 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22779 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22780 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22782 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22784 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22785 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22786 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22787 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22788 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22790 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22791 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22792 will be appended with their original headers.
22794 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22795 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22797 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22798 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22800 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22802 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22804 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22805 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22806 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22808 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22812 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22813 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22814 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17851
22816 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22818 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22819 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22820 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22822 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22824 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22825 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22826 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22828 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22830 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22831 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22832 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22834 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22836 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22837 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22838 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22840 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22842 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22843 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22844 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22846 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22848 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22849 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22850 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22852 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22854 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22855 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22856 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22857 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22859 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22863 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22864 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22865 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22866 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22867 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17851 10862))
22868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22870 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22871 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22873 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
22875 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22876 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22878 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
22880 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22881 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22885 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22886 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22887 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22889 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22891 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22892 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22893 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22894 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22895 only look in the To and From fields.
22896 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22898 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22900 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22901 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22902 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22903 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22904 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22906 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22908 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22909 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22910 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22911 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22912 look in the whole message.
22913 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22915 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22917 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22918 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22919 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22921 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22923 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22924 *Function to decode summary-line.
22926 By default, `identity' is set.")
22928 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
22930 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22931 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22932 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22933 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22934 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22935 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22936 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22938 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22939 sent by you under different user names.
22940 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22942 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22944 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
22948 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22949 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17851 10841))
22950 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22952 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22953 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22955 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22957 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22958 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
22960 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22962 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22963 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22965 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22967 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22968 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
22969 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22971 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22972 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22975 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22979 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22980 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
22986 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17851
22988 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22990 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22991 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22997 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17851
22999 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23001 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23002 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23003 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23004 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23006 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23008 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23009 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23010 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23011 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23013 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23017 matches string STRING literally.
23020 matches character CHAR literally.
23022 `not-newline', `nonl'
23023 matches any character except a newline.
23026 matches any character
23031 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23032 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23033 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23035 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23036 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23037 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23038 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23040 `(not (any SET ...))'
23041 matches any character not in SET ...
23043 `line-start', `bol'
23044 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23045 in the text being matched
23048 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23050 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23051 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23052 string being matched against.
23054 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23055 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23056 string being matched against.
23059 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23060 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23063 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23064 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23067 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23069 `word-start', `bow'
23070 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23074 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23077 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23080 `(not word-boundary)'
23081 `not-word-boundary'
23082 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23085 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23086 matches 0 through 9.
23089 matches ASCII control characters.
23091 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23092 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23095 matches space and tab only.
23098 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23101 `printing', `print'
23102 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23105 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23106 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23107 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23109 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23110 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23111 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23114 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23117 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23119 `lower', `lower-case'
23120 matches anything lower-case.
23122 `upper', `upper-case'
23123 matches anything upper-case.
23125 `punctuation', `punct'
23126 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23127 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23129 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23130 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23133 matches anything that has word syntax.
23136 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23139 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23140 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23141 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23143 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23144 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23147 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23148 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23149 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23150 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23151 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23153 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23154 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23155 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23156 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23157 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23159 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23160 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23162 `(category CATEGORY)'
23163 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23164 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23166 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23167 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23168 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23169 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23173 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23174 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23175 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23176 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23177 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23178 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23179 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23180 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23181 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23182 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23183 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23184 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23185 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23186 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23195 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23199 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23201 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23206 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23207 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23209 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23210 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23211 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23212 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23213 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23215 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23216 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23217 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23218 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23220 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23221 another name for `submatch'.
23223 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23224 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23225 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23226 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23227 regular expression.
23229 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23230 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23231 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23232 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23233 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23235 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23236 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23238 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23239 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23241 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23243 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23246 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23247 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23250 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23251 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23253 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23255 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23258 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23261 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23263 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23264 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23266 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23269 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23272 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23276 matches N occurrences.
23279 matches N or more occurrences.
23281 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23282 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23283 matches N to M occurrences.
23286 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23289 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23292 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23295 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23299 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23301 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23305 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23306 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
23307 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23309 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23310 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23311 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23314 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23316 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23317 Toggle savehist-mode.
23318 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23319 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23320 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23321 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23323 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23324 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23325 which is probably undesirable.
23331 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23332 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
23333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23335 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23336 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23337 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23339 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23340 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23341 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23342 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23343 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23344 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23345 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23346 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23349 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23350 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23351 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23352 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23353 if that value is non-nil.
23357 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23358 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23359 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23362 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23363 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23364 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23365 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23366 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23367 that variable's value is a string.
23373 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23374 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
23375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23377 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23378 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23379 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23381 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23387 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23388 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
23389 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23391 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23392 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23393 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23394 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23395 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23396 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23398 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23400 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23401 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23402 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23403 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23404 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23410 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23411 ;;;;;; (17851 10842))
23412 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23414 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23415 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23416 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23417 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23418 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23425 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23426 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23427 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23428 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23429 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23430 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23431 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23432 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23433 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17851 10862))
23434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23436 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23437 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23439 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23441 If `parens', they look like:
23442 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23443 If `angles', they look like:
23444 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23445 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23446 derived from the envelope-from address.
23448 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23449 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23450 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23451 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23453 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23455 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23456 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23457 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23458 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23460 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23461 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23462 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23463 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23465 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23467 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23468 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23469 This is done when the message is initialized,
23470 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23472 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23474 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23475 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23476 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23478 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23480 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23482 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23483 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23484 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23485 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23486 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23487 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23488 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23490 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23492 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23493 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23495 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23497 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23498 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23499 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23501 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23503 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23504 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23505 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23506 when you first send mail.")
23508 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23510 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23511 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23512 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23513 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23514 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23516 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23518 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23519 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23520 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23521 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23522 This file need not actually exist.")
23524 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23526 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23527 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23528 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23530 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23532 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23533 Alist of mail address aliases,
23534 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23535 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23536 can specify a different file name.)
23537 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23538 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23540 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23541 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23542 nil means use indentation.")
23544 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23546 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23547 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23548 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23550 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23552 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23553 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23554 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23555 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23556 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23557 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23558 in the cited portion of the message.
23560 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23561 instead of no action.")
23563 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23565 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23566 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23567 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23568 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23569 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23571 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23573 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23574 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23575 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23576 If a string, that string is inserted.
23577 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23578 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23579 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23580 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23582 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23584 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23585 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23587 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23589 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23590 Directory for mail buffers.
23591 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23592 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23594 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23596 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23597 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23598 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23599 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23601 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23603 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23604 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23605 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23606 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23609 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23611 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23612 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23613 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23614 `query' means ask the user each time.
23615 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23616 The default is `mime'.
23617 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23618 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23620 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23622 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23623 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23624 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23626 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23627 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23629 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23630 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23631 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23632 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23633 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23634 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23635 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23636 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23637 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23638 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23639 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23640 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23641 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23645 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23646 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23648 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23649 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23651 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23653 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23654 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23655 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23656 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23657 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23658 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23660 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23661 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23662 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23664 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23665 User should not set this variable manually,
23666 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23667 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23668 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23669 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23671 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23672 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23673 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23674 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23676 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23677 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23680 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23682 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23683 to move to message header fields:
23686 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23687 when the message is initialized.
23689 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23690 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23692 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23695 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23696 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23698 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23699 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23700 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23701 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23702 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23703 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23704 buffer without erasing the contents.
23706 The second through fifth arguments,
23707 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23708 the initial contents of those header fields.
23709 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23710 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23711 original message being replied to, or else an action
23712 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23713 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23714 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23715 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23716 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23717 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23719 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23721 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23722 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23724 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23726 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23727 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23729 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23733 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23734 ;;;;;; (17851 42899))
23735 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23737 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23738 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23739 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23740 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23741 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23742 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23744 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23745 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23747 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23749 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23750 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23751 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23753 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23754 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23756 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23758 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23759 Toggle Server mode.
23760 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23761 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23762 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23768 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17851 10843))
23769 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23771 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23772 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23773 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23777 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23778 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23779 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23780 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23786 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23787 ;;;;;; (17851 10873))
23788 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23790 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23791 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23793 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23796 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23797 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23798 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23800 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23801 in your `.emacs' file.
23803 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23805 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23806 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23811 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23813 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23814 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23815 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23816 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23817 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23818 which this is based.
23820 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23822 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23823 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23824 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23825 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23827 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23828 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23829 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23831 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23832 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23833 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23834 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23836 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23837 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23838 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23839 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23841 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23843 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23844 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
23845 To work around that, do:
23846 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23854 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23855 ;;;;;; (17851 10870))
23856 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23857 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23859 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23860 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23861 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23862 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23863 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23864 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23866 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23867 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23868 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23869 shell-specific features.
23871 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23872 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23873 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23875 \\[sh-case] case statement
23876 \\[sh-for] for loop
23877 \\[sh-function] function definition
23878 \\[sh-if] if statement
23879 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23880 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23881 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23882 \\[sh-select] select loop
23883 \\[sh-until] until loop
23884 \\[sh-while] while loop
23886 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23887 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23888 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23889 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23890 would indent to the way it currently is.
23891 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23892 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23895 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23896 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23897 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23898 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23899 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23900 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23902 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23904 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23906 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23907 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23908 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23910 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23911 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23915 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23919 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17851 10859))
23920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23922 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23923 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23924 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23925 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23926 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23927 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23929 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23933 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23934 ;;;;;; (17854 10614))
23935 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23937 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23938 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23940 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
23941 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23942 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23943 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23946 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23948 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23950 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23951 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23952 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23954 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
23955 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
23957 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23958 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23959 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
23960 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23961 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
23962 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23963 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23966 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23967 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23968 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23969 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23970 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23972 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23973 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23974 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23980 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23981 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17851
23983 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23985 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23986 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23987 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23988 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23989 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23990 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23995 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23996 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23997 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23998 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23999 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24003 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24004 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24005 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24006 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24007 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24008 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24009 `shadow-define-cluster').
24013 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24014 Set up file shadowing.
24020 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24021 ;;;;;; (17851 10843))
24022 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24024 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24025 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24026 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24027 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24028 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24031 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24033 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24034 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24035 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24036 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24037 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24038 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24039 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24040 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24041 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24042 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24043 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24044 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24045 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24046 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24048 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24049 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24050 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24051 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24052 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24053 `default-process-coding-system'.
24055 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24056 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24057 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24058 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24060 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24062 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24063 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24067 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24068 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17851 10860))
24069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24071 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24074 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24076 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24079 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24081 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24084 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24088 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24089 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
24090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24092 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24093 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24094 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24095 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24096 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24098 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17880 31192))
24105 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24106 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24110 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17851
24112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24114 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24115 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24116 \\{simula-mode-map}
24117 Variables controlling indentation style:
24118 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24119 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24120 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24121 `simula-indent-level'
24122 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24123 `simula-substatement-offset'
24124 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24125 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24126 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24127 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24128 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24129 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24130 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24131 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24132 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24133 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24134 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24135 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24136 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24137 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24138 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24139 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24140 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24141 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24142 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24143 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24144 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24145 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24146 or nil if they should not be changed.
24147 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24148 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24149 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24150 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24152 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24153 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24159 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24160 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17851 10843))
24161 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24163 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24164 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24166 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24167 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24168 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24169 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24171 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24173 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24175 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24176 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24177 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24178 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24179 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24181 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24182 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24184 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24186 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24187 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24189 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24190 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24191 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24192 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24194 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24195 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24196 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24197 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24199 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24200 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24201 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24203 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24204 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24206 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24207 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24209 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24210 _ interesting point, interregion here
24211 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24212 interesting point set by _
24213 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24214 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24215 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24216 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24217 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24218 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24221 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24222 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24224 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24225 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24226 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24227 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24228 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24229 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24230 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24231 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24233 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24234 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24235 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24236 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24237 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24240 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24241 then: insert previously read string once more
24242 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24243 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24244 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24246 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24247 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24249 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24251 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24252 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24254 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24255 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24256 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24257 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24258 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24261 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24262 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24263 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24269 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24270 ;;;;;; (17851 10844))
24271 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24273 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24274 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24275 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24278 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24280 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24281 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24282 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24288 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24289 ;;;;;; (17875 18095))
24290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24292 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24293 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24294 A list of images is returned.
24296 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24298 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24299 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24300 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24302 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24306 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24307 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17868 41435))
24308 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24310 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24315 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24316 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24322 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17851 10866))
24323 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24325 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24326 Play the Snake game.
24327 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24329 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24331 Snake mode keybindings:
24333 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24334 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24335 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24336 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24337 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24338 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24339 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24345 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24346 ;;;;;; (17851 10864))
24347 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24349 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24350 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24351 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24352 Tab indents for C code.
24353 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24354 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24356 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24361 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24362 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24363 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24364 Tab indents for C code.
24365 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24366 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24368 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24369 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24375 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24376 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24377 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17851 10852))
24378 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24380 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24381 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24383 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24384 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24385 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24387 For example, the form
24389 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24390 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24392 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24394 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24396 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24397 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24399 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24400 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24401 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24404 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24406 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24408 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24409 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24411 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24412 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24413 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24416 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24418 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24420 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24421 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24422 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24425 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24427 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24429 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24430 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24431 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24433 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24434 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24436 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24440 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24441 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24442 Requires floating point.
24448 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17851
24450 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24452 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24455 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24456 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24457 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24458 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24459 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24460 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24461 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24462 check after each move or undo)
24466 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24467 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24468 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24487 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24488 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24489 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24490 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24492 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24493 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24494 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24497 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24498 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24500 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24516 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24518 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24524 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24525 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24526 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17851 10844))
24527 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24529 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24530 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24532 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24533 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24534 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24535 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24538 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24539 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24540 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24543 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24544 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24546 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24547 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24548 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24549 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24552 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24553 It should move point to the end of the record.
24555 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24556 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24557 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24558 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24559 starts at the beginning of the record.
24561 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24562 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24565 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24566 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24568 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24570 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24571 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24572 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24573 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24574 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24577 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24579 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24580 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24581 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24582 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24583 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24586 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24588 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24589 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24590 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24591 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24592 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24595 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24597 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24598 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24599 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24600 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24601 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24602 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24603 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24604 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24605 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24607 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24609 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24610 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24611 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24612 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24613 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24614 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24615 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24618 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24620 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24621 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24622 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24623 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24624 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24625 is to be used for sorting.
24626 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24627 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24628 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24629 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24630 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24632 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24634 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24637 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24638 starting with the letter \"f\",
24639 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24641 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24643 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24644 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24645 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24646 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24647 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24648 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24649 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24652 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24653 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24654 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24655 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24656 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24658 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24660 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24661 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24662 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24664 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24668 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17851
24670 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24672 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24673 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24679 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24680 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24681 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17851 10860))
24682 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24684 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24685 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24687 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24688 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24689 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24691 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24693 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24694 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24695 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24698 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24700 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24701 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24702 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24704 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24706 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24707 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24708 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24709 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24714 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24715 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24716 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24717 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24723 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24724 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17882 17519))
24725 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24727 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24729 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24730 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24731 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24732 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24733 supported at a time.
24734 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24735 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24739 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24740 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24741 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24742 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24748 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24749 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17851 10873))
24750 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24752 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24754 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24755 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24756 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24757 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24758 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24759 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24763 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24764 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24765 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24766 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24770 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24771 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24772 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24773 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24774 for example, \"word\".
24776 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24778 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24779 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24781 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24785 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17851
24787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24789 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24790 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24794 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24795 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24801 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24802 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24803 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24804 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17851
24806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24808 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24809 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24811 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24812 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24813 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24814 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24815 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24816 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24817 of the current highlighting list.
24821 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24822 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24824 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24825 `_t' as data types.
24827 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24829 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24830 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24832 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24833 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24835 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24837 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24838 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24839 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24841 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24843 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24844 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24845 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24846 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24847 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24848 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24850 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24851 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24853 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24855 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24856 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24857 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24858 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24860 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24861 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24862 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24863 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24865 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24866 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24867 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24871 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24872 Major mode to edit SQL.
24874 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24875 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24876 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24879 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24881 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24882 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24883 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24884 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24885 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24886 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24888 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24889 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24891 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24892 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24893 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24895 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24897 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24901 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24902 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24904 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24905 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24908 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24910 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24912 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24913 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24915 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24916 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24919 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24920 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24921 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24922 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24924 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24925 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24927 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24928 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24929 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24930 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24931 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24932 `default-process-coding-system'.
24934 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24938 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24939 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24941 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24942 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24945 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24946 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24947 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24948 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24950 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24951 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24953 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24954 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24955 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24956 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24957 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24958 `default-process-coding-system'.
24960 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24964 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24965 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24967 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24968 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24971 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24972 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24974 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24975 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24977 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24978 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24979 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24980 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24981 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24982 `default-process-coding-system'.
24984 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24988 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24989 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24991 SQLite is free software.
24993 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24994 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24997 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24998 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24999 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25000 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25002 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25003 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25005 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25006 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25007 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25008 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25009 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25010 `default-process-coding-system'.
25012 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25016 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25017 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25019 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25021 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25022 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25025 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25026 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25027 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25028 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25030 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25031 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25033 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25034 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25035 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25036 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25037 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25038 `default-process-coding-system'.
25040 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25044 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25045 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25047 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25048 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25051 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25052 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25055 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25056 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25058 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25059 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25060 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25061 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25062 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25063 `default-process-coding-system'.
25065 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25069 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25070 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25072 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25073 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25076 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25077 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25079 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25080 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25082 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25083 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25084 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25085 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25086 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25087 `default-process-coding-system'.
25089 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25093 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25094 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25096 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25097 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25100 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25101 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25102 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25103 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25105 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25106 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25108 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25109 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25110 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25111 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25112 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25113 `default-process-coding-system'.
25115 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25119 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25120 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25122 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25123 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25126 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25127 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25128 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25129 `sql-postgres-options'.
25131 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25132 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25134 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25135 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25136 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25137 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25138 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25139 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25140 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25141 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25143 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25144 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25146 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25150 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25151 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25153 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25154 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25157 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25158 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25161 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25162 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25164 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25165 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25166 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25167 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25168 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25169 `default-process-coding-system'.
25171 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25175 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25176 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25178 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25179 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25182 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25185 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25186 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25188 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25189 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25190 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25191 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25193 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25194 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25195 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25196 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25197 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25198 `default-process-coding-system'.
25200 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25204 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25205 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25207 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25208 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25211 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25212 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25213 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25214 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25217 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25218 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25219 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25220 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25223 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25224 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25226 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25232 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25233 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25234 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25235 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25236 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17851
25238 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25240 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25241 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25242 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25243 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25244 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25245 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25247 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25249 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25251 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25252 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25253 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25254 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25255 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25256 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25257 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25259 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25261 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25262 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25263 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25264 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25265 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25266 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25267 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25269 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25271 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25272 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25273 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25275 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25277 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25278 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25279 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25281 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25283 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25284 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25286 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25288 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25289 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25293 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25294 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25298 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25299 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25300 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25301 chronologically by command name.
25302 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25304 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25306 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25307 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25308 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25309 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25310 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25311 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25313 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25315 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25316 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25317 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25318 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25319 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25320 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25321 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25323 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25324 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25325 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25326 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25328 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25332 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25333 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25334 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25335 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25337 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25339 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25340 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25346 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25347 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17504 41540))
25348 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25350 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25351 Studlify-case the region.
25353 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25355 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25356 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25358 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25360 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25361 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25367 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17868 65234))
25368 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25370 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25371 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25372 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25373 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25374 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25375 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25377 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25378 is used instead of `load-path'.
25380 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25381 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25382 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25384 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25388 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25389 ;;;;;; (17854 10614))
25390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25392 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25393 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25394 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25395 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25396 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25397 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25398 original message but it does require a few things:
25400 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25402 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25405 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25406 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25409 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25411 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25413 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25414 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25415 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25421 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17851 10844))
25422 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25424 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25425 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25426 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25428 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25429 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25431 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25433 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25434 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25435 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25437 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25443 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17851 10844))
25444 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25446 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25447 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25448 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25449 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25450 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25452 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25454 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25455 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25456 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25457 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25458 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25459 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25460 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25462 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25466 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25467 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25468 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25469 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25470 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25471 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25472 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25473 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25474 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25475 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25476 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25477 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25478 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17851 10873))
25479 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25481 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25482 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25483 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25485 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25487 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25488 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25490 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25492 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25493 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25495 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25497 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25498 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25500 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25502 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25503 Insert an editable text table.
25504 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25505 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25506 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25507 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25508 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25509 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25514 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25516 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25521 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25522 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25523 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25524 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25527 +-----+-----+-----+
25529 +-----+-----+-----+
25531 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25533 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25534 width, which results as
25536 +--------------+-----+-----+
25538 +--------------+-----+-----+
25540 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25541 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25543 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25545 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25547 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25548 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25549 width information to `table-insert'.
25551 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25557 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25560 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25561 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25563 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25566 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25568 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25570 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25573 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25576 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25578 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25580 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25583 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25586 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25589 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25590 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25591 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25593 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25596 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25599 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25602 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25604 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25607 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25610 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25611 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25612 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25613 | | |expected results.-!- |
25614 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25617 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25619 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25623 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25625 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25626 Insert N table row(s).
25627 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25628 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25629 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25630 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25634 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25635 Insert N table column(s).
25636 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25637 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25638 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25639 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25643 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25644 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25645 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25647 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25649 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25650 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25651 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25652 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25653 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25654 all the table specific features.
25656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25658 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25663 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25664 Recognize all tables within region.
25665 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25666 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25667 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25670 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25672 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25675 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25677 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25678 Recognize a table at point.
25679 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25680 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25681 the table specific features.
25683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25685 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25690 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25691 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25692 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25693 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25694 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25695 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25696 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25698 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25700 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25705 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25706 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25707 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25708 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25709 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25710 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25713 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25715 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25716 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25717 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25718 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25719 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25720 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25721 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25726 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25727 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25728 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25729 table's rectangle structure.
25731 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25733 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25734 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25735 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25736 table's rectangle structure.
25740 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25741 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25742 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25743 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25744 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25746 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25748 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25749 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25750 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25752 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25753 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25754 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25755 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25756 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25757 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25758 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25760 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25761 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25762 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25763 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25764 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25765 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25766 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25768 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25769 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25770 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25771 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25772 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25773 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25774 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25775 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25777 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25779 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25780 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25781 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25782 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25786 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25787 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25788 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25790 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25792 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25793 Split current cell vertically.
25794 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25798 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25799 Split current cell horizontally.
25800 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25804 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25805 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25806 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25808 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25810 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25811 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25812 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25813 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25815 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25817 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25818 Justify cell contents.
25819 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25820 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25821 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25822 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25824 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25826 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25827 Justify cells of a row.
25828 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25829 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25831 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25833 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25834 Justify cells of a column.
25835 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25836 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25838 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25840 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25841 Toggle fixing width mode.
25842 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25843 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25844 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25848 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25849 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25850 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25851 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25852 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25853 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25854 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25855 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25856 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25857 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25858 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25860 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25862 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25863 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25864 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25865 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25866 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25867 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25868 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25869 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25870 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25871 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25872 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25873 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25876 References used for this implementation:
25882 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25884 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25885 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25886 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25888 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25890 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25891 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25892 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25893 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25894 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25895 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25896 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25897 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25898 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25899 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25900 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25901 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25902 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25903 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25904 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25905 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25906 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25911 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25912 (table-forward-cell 15)
25913 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25914 (table-forward-cell 16)
25915 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25916 (table-forward-cell 1)
25917 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25920 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25921 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25922 (table-forward-cell 1)
25923 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25925 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25927 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25928 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25929 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25930 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25931 consists from cells of same height.
25935 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25936 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25937 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25938 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25939 column must consists from cells of same width.
25943 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25944 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25945 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25946 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25947 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25948 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25949 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25950 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25951 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25952 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25953 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25954 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25955 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25956 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25957 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25966 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25967 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25968 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25971 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25973 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25975 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25977 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25981 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25982 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25983 of each row is optional.
25988 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25989 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25990 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25991 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25992 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25994 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25995 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25997 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25998 expression and raw delimiter regular
25999 expression, it parses the specified text
26000 area and extracts cell items from
26001 non-table text and then forms a table out
26004 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26005 creates a single cell table. The text in
26006 the specified region is placed in that
26009 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26012 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26013 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26014 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26016 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26017 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26018 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26019 | area and extracts cell items from |
26020 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26023 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26024 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26025 | the specified region is placed in that |
26027 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26029 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26030 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26033 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26034 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26035 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26036 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26037 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26038 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26039 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26040 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26041 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26043 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26044 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26045 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26046 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26048 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26050 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26051 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26052 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26054 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26056 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26057 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26058 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26059 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26060 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26066 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17851 10845))
26067 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26069 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26070 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26072 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26076 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17851 10845))
26077 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26079 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26080 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26081 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26082 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26083 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26084 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26085 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26087 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26088 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26089 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26090 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26092 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26099 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26100 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17851 10870))
26101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26103 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26104 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26105 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26106 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26107 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26108 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26110 Variables controlling indentation style:
26112 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26113 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26114 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26116 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26117 documentation for details):
26118 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26119 Controls action of TAB key.
26121 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26122 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26123 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26124 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26125 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26127 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26128 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26136 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26137 Run inferior Tcl process.
26138 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26139 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26143 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26144 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26145 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26147 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26151 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17851 10864))
26152 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26153 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26155 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26156 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26157 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26158 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26160 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26161 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26162 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26163 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26164 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26166 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26167 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26169 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26170 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26171 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26172 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26178 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17884
26180 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26182 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26183 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26184 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26185 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26186 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26187 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26189 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26191 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26192 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26193 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26194 commands to use in that buffer.
26196 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26198 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26200 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26201 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26203 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26207 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17851
26209 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26211 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26212 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26213 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26214 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26215 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26216 program as keyboard input.
26218 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26219 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26220 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26221 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26223 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26224 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26225 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26226 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26227 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26229 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26231 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26232 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26233 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26234 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26236 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26237 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26238 subprocess started.
26240 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26244 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26245 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
26246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26248 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26249 Start coverage on function under point.
26255 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17852 64479))
26256 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26258 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26259 Play the Tetris game.
26260 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26261 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26262 as to form complete rows.
26264 tetris-mode keybindings:
26265 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26266 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26267 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26268 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26269 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26270 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26271 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26272 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26273 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26279 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26280 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26281 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26282 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26283 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26284 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26285 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26286 ;;;;;; (17851 10873))
26287 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26289 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26290 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26292 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26294 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26295 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26296 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26297 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26298 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26300 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26302 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26303 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26304 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26305 if it matches the first line of the file,
26306 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26308 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26310 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26311 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26312 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26313 if the variable is non-nil.")
26315 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26317 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26318 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26320 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26322 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26323 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26324 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26325 See the documentation of that variable.")
26327 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26329 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26330 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26331 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26332 See the documentation of that variable.")
26334 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26336 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26337 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26338 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26339 See the documentation of that variable.")
26341 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26343 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26344 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26345 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26346 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26347 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26349 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26351 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26352 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26353 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26354 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26356 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26358 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26359 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26360 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26362 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26364 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26365 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26366 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26367 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26369 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26371 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26372 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26373 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26374 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26376 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26378 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26379 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26380 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26381 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26383 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26384 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26387 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26388 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26390 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26393 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26395 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26396 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26397 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26398 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26399 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26401 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26403 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26405 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26406 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26407 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26409 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26411 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26412 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26413 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26414 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26415 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26417 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26419 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26420 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26422 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26424 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26425 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26427 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26429 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26430 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26431 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26432 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26433 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26434 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26435 says which mode to use.
26439 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26441 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26443 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26445 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26446 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26447 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26448 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26449 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26451 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26452 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26453 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26454 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26455 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26456 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26457 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26459 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26460 mismatched $'s or braces.
26463 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26467 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26469 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26470 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26471 tex-dvi-print-command
26472 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26473 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26474 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26475 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26476 tex-dvi-view-command
26477 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26478 tex-show-queue-command
26479 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26480 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26482 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26483 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26484 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26488 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26489 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26490 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26491 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26492 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26494 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26495 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26496 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26497 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26498 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26499 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26500 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26502 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26503 mismatched $'s or braces.
26510 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26512 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26513 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26514 tex-dvi-print-command
26515 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26516 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26517 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26518 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26519 tex-dvi-view-command
26520 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26521 tex-show-queue-command
26522 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26523 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26525 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26526 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26527 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26531 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26532 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26533 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26534 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26535 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26537 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26538 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26539 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26540 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26541 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26542 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26543 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26545 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26546 mismatched $'s or braces.
26549 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26553 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26555 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26556 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26557 tex-dvi-print-command
26558 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26559 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26560 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26561 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26562 tex-dvi-view-command
26563 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26564 tex-show-queue-command
26565 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26566 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26568 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26569 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26570 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26571 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26575 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26580 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26581 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26587 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26588 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17851 10873))
26589 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26591 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26592 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26593 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26594 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26596 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26597 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26598 Info-split to do these manually.
26600 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26602 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26603 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26604 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26605 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26606 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26608 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26610 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26611 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26612 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26613 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26615 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26616 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26617 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26618 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26620 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26621 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26623 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26627 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26628 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17851 10873))
26629 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26631 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26632 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26634 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26636 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26637 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26639 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26641 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26642 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26644 It has these extra commands:
26645 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26647 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26648 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26649 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26650 modified version of TeX input format.
26652 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26653 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26654 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26655 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26657 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26658 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26659 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26660 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26661 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26662 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26663 in the Texinfo file.
26665 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26666 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26667 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26668 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26669 move forward past the closing brace.
26671 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26672 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26674 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26675 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26676 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26678 Here are the functions:
26680 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26681 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26682 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26684 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26685 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26686 texinfo-master-menu
26688 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26690 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26691 which menu descriptions are indented.
26693 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26694 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26697 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26698 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26699 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26700 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26702 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26703 be the first node in the file.
26705 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26706 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26712 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26713 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26714 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26715 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
26716 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26718 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26719 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26720 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26721 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26723 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26725 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26726 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26728 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26730 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26731 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26735 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26738 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26740 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26741 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26742 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26743 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26746 The return value is number of composed characters.
26748 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26750 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26751 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26757 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26758 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26759 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17851 10845))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26762 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26763 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26765 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26767 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26768 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26769 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26770 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26771 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26773 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26774 a symbol as a valid THING.
26776 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26777 of the textual entity that was found.
26779 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26781 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26782 Return the THING at point.
26783 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26784 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26785 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26787 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26788 a symbol as a valid THING.
26790 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26792 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26797 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26802 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26807 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26814 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26815 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26816 ;;;;;; (17851 10845))
26817 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26819 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26820 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26824 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26825 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26826 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26827 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26829 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26831 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26832 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26836 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26837 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26841 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26843 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26844 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26850 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26851 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26852 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26853 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26854 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26855 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17851 10861))
26856 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26858 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26859 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26860 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26864 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26865 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26867 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26869 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26870 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26871 The returned string has no composition information.
26873 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26875 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26876 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26878 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26880 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26881 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26883 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26885 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26886 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26887 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26888 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26890 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26892 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26893 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26894 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26895 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26897 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26899 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26902 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26904 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26905 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26906 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26910 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26911 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26912 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26916 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26919 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26921 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26924 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26926 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26929 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26933 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26934 ;;;;;; (17851 10873))
26935 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26937 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26938 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26939 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26940 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26942 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26944 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26946 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26947 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26948 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26949 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26951 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26957 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26958 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17851 10845))
26959 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26961 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26962 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26964 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
26966 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26967 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26968 This display updates automatically every minute.
26969 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26970 are displayed as well.
26971 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26975 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26976 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26977 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26979 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26980 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
26982 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
26984 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26985 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26986 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26988 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26989 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26990 are displayed as well.
26991 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26997 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26998 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26999 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27000 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17851
27002 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27004 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27005 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27007 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27009 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27010 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27011 You can use `float-time' instead.
27013 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27015 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27016 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27018 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27020 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27021 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27023 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27025 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27026 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27028 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27030 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27031 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27032 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27034 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27036 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27038 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27039 Subtract two time values.
27040 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27042 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27044 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27045 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27047 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27049 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27050 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27051 DATE should be a date-time string.
27053 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27055 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27056 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27057 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27059 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27061 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27062 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27064 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27066 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27067 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27069 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27071 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27072 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27073 TIME should be a time value.
27074 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27076 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27078 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27079 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27080 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27082 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27086 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27087 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17851 10845))
27088 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27089 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27090 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27091 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27092 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27093 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27094 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27095 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27097 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27098 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27099 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27100 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27101 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27102 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27103 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27104 look like one of the following:
27107 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27108 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27109 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27110 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27111 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27112 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27113 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27118 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27119 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27120 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27126 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27127 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27128 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27129 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27130 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
27131 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27133 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27134 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27135 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27136 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27137 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27138 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27139 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27140 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27141 display (non-nil means on).
27143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27145 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27146 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27147 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27148 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27149 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27150 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27151 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27152 this function is called within a day.
27154 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27155 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27156 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27157 discover the name of the project.
27159 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27161 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27162 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27163 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27164 begun during the last time segment.
27166 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27167 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27168 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27169 discover the reason.
27171 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27173 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27174 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27175 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27176 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27177 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27179 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27181 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27182 Change to working on a different project.
27183 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27184 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27185 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27188 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27190 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27191 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27192 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27196 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27197 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27198 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27202 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27203 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27204 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27205 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27206 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27207 \"relative to today\".
27209 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27211 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27212 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27213 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27214 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27216 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27218 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27219 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27220 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27221 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27222 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27223 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27225 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27229 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27230 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27231 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17851 10853))
27232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27234 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27236 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27237 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27239 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27241 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27242 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27243 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27244 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27246 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27248 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27249 Perform an action at time TIME.
27250 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27251 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27252 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27253 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27254 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27255 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27257 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27259 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27261 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27262 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27263 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27264 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27265 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27267 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27269 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27271 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27272 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27273 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27274 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27276 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27278 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27279 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27280 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27281 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27282 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27283 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27284 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27286 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27287 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27289 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27291 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27292 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27294 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27295 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27296 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27297 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27298 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27299 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27302 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27306 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27307 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17871 15753))
27308 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27310 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27311 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27312 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27313 the generated Quail package is saved.
27315 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27317 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27318 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27319 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27320 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27321 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27322 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27323 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27325 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27329 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27330 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17851
27332 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27334 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27337 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27339 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27342 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27344 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27345 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27346 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27349 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27353 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27354 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17851 10845))
27355 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27356 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27357 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27358 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27360 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27361 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27362 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27363 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27364 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27366 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27368 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27369 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27370 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27371 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27372 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27374 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27376 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27377 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27378 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27379 in the menu in two ways:
27380 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27381 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27382 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27384 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27385 keymap or an alist of alists.
27386 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27387 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27389 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27393 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27394 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27395 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17851 10852))
27396 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27398 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27399 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27403 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27404 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27406 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27408 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27409 Insert new TODO list entry.
27410 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27415 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27416 List top priorities for each category.
27418 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27419 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27421 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27422 between each category.
27424 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27426 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27427 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27428 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27429 between each category.
27431 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27433 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27435 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27436 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27442 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27443 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27447 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27454 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27455 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27456 ;;;;;; (17851 10845))
27457 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27459 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27461 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27462 Add an item to the tool bar.
27463 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27464 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27465 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27466 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27468 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27469 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27470 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27471 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27473 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27474 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27476 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27478 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27479 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27480 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27481 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27482 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27483 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27485 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27486 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27487 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27488 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27490 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27492 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27493 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27494 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27495 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27496 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27497 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27498 properties to add to the binding.
27500 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27502 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27503 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27505 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27507 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27508 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27509 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27510 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27511 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27512 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27513 properties to add to the binding.
27515 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27518 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27522 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27523 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
27524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27526 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27527 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27528 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27531 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27533 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27535 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27540 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27542 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27543 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27549 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27550 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17851 10853))
27551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27553 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27554 Set scroll margins.
27556 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27558 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27559 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27563 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27564 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27570 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17851 10853))
27571 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27573 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27574 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27575 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27576 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27577 to a tcp server on another machine.
27579 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27583 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27584 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17851 10853))
27585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27587 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27588 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27590 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27592 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27593 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27594 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27595 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27596 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27597 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27598 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27599 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27601 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27603 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27604 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27605 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27606 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27607 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27608 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27609 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27610 the window or buffer configuration.
27612 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27614 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27618 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27619 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27620 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27621 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17872 44165))
27622 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27624 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27625 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27626 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27628 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27629 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27630 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27631 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27633 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27634 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27635 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27636 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27638 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27639 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27640 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27641 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27642 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27643 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27644 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27645 files which are not really tramp files.
27647 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27648 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27649 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27650 updated after changing this variable.
27652 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27654 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27656 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27657 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27658 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27659 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27661 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27662 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27663 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27664 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27666 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27667 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27668 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27670 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27671 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27672 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27673 updated after changing this variable.
27675 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27677 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27679 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27680 Alist of completion handler functions.
27681 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27682 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27683 normal Emacs functions.")
27685 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27686 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27687 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27688 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27690 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27691 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27692 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27693 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27695 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27696 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27697 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27699 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27701 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27702 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27703 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27705 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27706 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27709 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27711 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27716 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27717 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27719 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27721 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27722 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27724 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27726 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27727 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27733 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27734 ;;;;;; (17851 10864))
27735 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27737 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27744 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27745 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27746 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27747 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27748 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27749 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17851
27751 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27753 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27754 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27758 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27759 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27761 Convenience command that:
27763 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27764 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27765 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27767 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27768 image files in dired and type
27769 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27771 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27773 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27774 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27776 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27778 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27779 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27780 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27781 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27782 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27785 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27786 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27787 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27789 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27790 instead of erasing it first.
27792 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27793 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27794 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27795 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27796 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27797 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27799 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27801 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27802 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27803 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27804 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27809 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27811 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27812 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27816 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27817 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27818 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27822 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27823 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27827 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27828 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27829 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27830 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27834 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27835 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27839 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27840 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27844 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27845 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27849 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27850 Display current image file.
27851 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27852 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27856 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27857 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27861 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27862 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27863 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27864 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27865 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27866 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27867 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27871 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
27872 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
27873 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
27880 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17856
27882 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27884 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27885 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27886 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27887 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27888 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27889 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27890 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27891 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27893 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27894 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27895 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27897 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27898 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27901 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27905 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27906 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17851 10873))
27907 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27908 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27909 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27910 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27912 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27913 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27914 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27915 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27916 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27917 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27918 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27920 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27922 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27923 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27924 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27925 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27927 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27931 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27932 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27933 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27934 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27935 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27936 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27937 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27939 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27940 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27942 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27945 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27947 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27953 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27954 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27955 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27956 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27957 ;;;;;; (17855 40306))
27958 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27960 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27961 Toggle typing break mode.
27962 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27963 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27964 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27966 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
27968 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27969 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27971 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27973 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27974 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27976 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27977 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27978 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27980 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27981 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27983 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
27985 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27986 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27988 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27989 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27990 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27991 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27993 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27995 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27996 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27997 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27999 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28000 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28001 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28002 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28003 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28004 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28006 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28007 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28008 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28009 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28011 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28012 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28014 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28015 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28017 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28019 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28020 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28021 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28023 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28024 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28025 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28026 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28027 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28028 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28029 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28031 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28032 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28034 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28035 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28036 reset the keystroke counter.
28038 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28039 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28040 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28041 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28043 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28044 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28045 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28046 `type-break-schedule' command.
28048 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28049 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28050 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28051 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28052 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28053 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28054 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28055 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28056 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28058 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28059 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28060 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28061 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28062 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28064 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28065 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28066 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28067 approximate good values for this.
28069 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28070 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28072 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28073 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28074 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28075 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28076 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28077 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28079 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28080 a typing break occur. They include:
28082 `type-break-query-mode'
28083 `type-break-query-function'
28084 `type-break-query-interval'
28086 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28088 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28089 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28090 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28093 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28095 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28096 Take a typing break.
28098 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28099 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28101 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28102 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28106 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28107 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28108 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28109 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28113 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28114 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28116 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28117 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28118 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28119 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28120 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28121 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28122 average typing speed.)
28124 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28125 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28126 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28127 the computed maximum threshold.
28129 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28130 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28131 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28132 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28133 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28135 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28139 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28140 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17851 10873))
28141 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28143 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28144 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28145 Works by overstriking underscores.
28146 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28147 which specify the range to operate on.
28149 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28151 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28152 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28153 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28154 which specify the range to operate on.
28156 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28160 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28161 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17851 10862))
28162 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28164 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28165 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28166 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28170 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28171 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28172 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28173 following the containing message.
28179 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28180 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
28181 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28183 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28184 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28185 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28186 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28187 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28188 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28192 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28193 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28195 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28199 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17851
28201 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28203 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28204 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28205 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28206 of symbols with local bindings.
28208 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28212 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28213 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17851 10875))
28214 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28216 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28217 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28218 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28220 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28221 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28222 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28223 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28224 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28225 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28227 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28228 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28229 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28231 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28232 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28233 the callback is not called).
28235 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28236 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28237 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28240 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28242 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28243 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28244 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28245 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28246 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28248 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28252 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28253 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17854 10614))
28254 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28256 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28257 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28258 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28260 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28261 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28262 `url-generic-parse-url'
28263 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28264 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28265 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28267 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28268 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28269 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28270 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28271 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28272 what type of auth to use
28273 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28274 if one cannot be found in the cache
28276 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28278 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28279 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28281 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28282 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28283 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28284 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28285 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28286 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28287 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28288 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28290 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28294 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28295 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17851
28297 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28299 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28300 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28302 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28304 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28305 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28307 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28309 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28310 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28312 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28314 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28315 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28317 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28321 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17851 10873))
28322 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28324 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28327 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28331 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28332 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17851 10873))
28333 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28335 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28338 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28340 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28343 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28347 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17851
28349 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28351 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28352 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28354 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28358 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28359 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17851 10873))
28360 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28362 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28363 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28367 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28368 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28369 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28370 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28371 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28373 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28377 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28378 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17851
28380 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28382 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28383 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28384 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28385 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28386 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28387 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28389 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28391 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28392 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28396 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28397 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28398 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28399 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28400 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28401 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28402 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28403 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28404 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28406 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28408 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28409 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28410 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28413 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28415 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28418 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28422 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28423 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17861 9844))
28424 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28426 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28427 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28428 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28429 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28430 CBARGS as the arguments.
28432 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28434 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28437 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28439 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28441 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28444 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28446 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28447 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28448 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28450 Property list members:
28453 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28457 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28461 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28464 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28467 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28468 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28469 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28472 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28474 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28475 Default HTTPS port.")
28477 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28478 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28480 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28481 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28482 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28483 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28484 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28488 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17851 10873))
28489 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28491 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28494 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28498 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17851
28500 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28502 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28503 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28504 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28505 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28506 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28508 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28512 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28513 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28514 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28516 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28519 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28521 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28522 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28524 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28528 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28529 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17851 10874))
28530 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28532 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28533 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28535 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28537 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28538 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28540 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28542 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28545 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28547 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28549 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28551 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28553 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28554 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28556 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28560 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28561 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28562 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28564 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28567 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28569 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28572 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28576 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28577 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28578 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28579 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28581 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28584 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28586 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28589 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28591 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28594 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28596 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28599 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28601 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28604 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28606 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28609 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28611 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28614 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28618 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28619 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17851 10874))
28620 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28622 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28623 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28625 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28627 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28628 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28630 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28632 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28636 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28637 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28638 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28640 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28641 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28647 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28648 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28649 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28650 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28651 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28652 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28653 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28654 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28656 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28657 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28658 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28660 If t, all messages will be logged.
28661 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28662 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28664 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28666 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28669 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28671 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28674 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28676 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28677 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28678 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28679 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28680 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28686 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28688 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28689 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28690 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28692 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28694 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28695 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28696 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28698 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28700 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28701 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28703 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28705 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28706 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28710 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28711 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28715 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28720 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28723 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28725 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28728 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28730 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28731 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28733 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28735 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28738 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28740 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28741 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28742 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28743 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28744 forbidden in URL encoding.
28746 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28748 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28749 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28750 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28751 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28752 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28753 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28755 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28757 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28758 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28759 If optional variable X is t,
28760 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28762 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28764 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28765 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28766 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28768 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28770 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28771 View the current document's URL.
28772 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28775 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28777 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28781 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28782 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17851 10848))
28783 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28785 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28786 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28787 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28788 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28789 to refrain from editing the file
28790 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28791 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28792 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28793 in any way you like.
28795 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28797 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28798 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28799 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28800 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28801 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28803 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28804 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28810 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28811 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28812 ;;;;;; (17856 1487))
28813 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28815 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28816 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28817 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28818 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28820 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28822 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28823 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28824 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28826 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28828 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28829 Uudecode region between START and END.
28830 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28832 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28836 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28837 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28838 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28839 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28840 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28841 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28842 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17851 10849))
28843 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28845 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28846 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28849 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28851 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28852 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28853 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28855 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28857 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28858 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28861 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28863 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28864 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28866 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28868 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28869 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28871 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28873 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28874 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28875 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28876 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28877 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28878 somebody else, signal error.
28880 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28882 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28883 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28884 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28885 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28886 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28888 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28890 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28891 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28892 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28893 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28894 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28895 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28896 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28897 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28898 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28899 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28900 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28901 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28903 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28905 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28906 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28908 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28909 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28911 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28912 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28913 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28914 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28915 lock steals will raise an error.
28917 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28919 For RCS and SCCS files:
28920 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28922 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28923 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28924 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28925 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28926 it performs a revert.
28927 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28928 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28929 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28930 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28931 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28932 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28933 the option to steal the lock.
28936 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28937 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28938 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28939 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28940 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28941 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28942 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28943 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28944 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28946 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28948 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28949 Register the current file into a version control system.
28950 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28951 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28953 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28954 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28955 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28956 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28957 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28958 first backend that could register the file is used.
28960 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28962 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28963 Display diffs between file versions.
28964 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28965 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28966 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28967 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28968 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28971 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28973 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28974 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28975 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28976 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28980 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28981 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28982 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28983 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28987 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28988 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28989 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28990 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28991 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28992 from the current branch.
28994 See Info node `Merging'.
28998 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29000 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29001 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29003 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29005 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29006 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29008 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29010 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29011 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29012 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29013 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29014 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29015 are checked out in that new branch.
29017 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29019 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29020 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29021 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29022 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29023 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29024 allowed and simply skipped).
29026 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29028 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29029 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29030 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29032 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29034 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29035 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29036 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29037 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29038 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29042 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29043 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29044 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29045 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29046 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29047 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29051 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29052 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29053 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29055 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29057 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29058 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29059 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29060 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29061 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29062 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29063 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29065 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29067 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29068 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29069 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29070 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29071 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29072 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29073 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29074 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29075 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29077 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29079 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29080 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29082 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29084 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29085 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29086 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29089 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29091 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29092 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29093 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29095 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29096 log entries should be gathered.
29098 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29100 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29101 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29103 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29104 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29105 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29106 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29107 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29108 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29110 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29111 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29112 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29113 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29114 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29115 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29116 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29117 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29119 Customization variables:
29121 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29122 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29123 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29124 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29126 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17852 50694))
29131 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29132 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29133 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29136 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17851 10848))
29141 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29142 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29143 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29144 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29146 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17851 10848))
29151 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29152 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29153 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29156 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29160 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29161 ;;;;;; (17851 10848))
29162 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29164 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29165 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29166 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29168 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29169 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29173 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29174 ;;;;;; (17851 10848))
29175 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29177 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29178 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29179 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29181 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29182 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29184 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29185 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29186 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29187 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17882 17519))
29192 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29193 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29194 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29195 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29198 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29199 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29200 (file-name-directory f)))
29202 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29204 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29208 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29209 ;;;;;; (17854 10614))
29210 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29212 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29213 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29218 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29219 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29220 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29221 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29222 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29223 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29224 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29225 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29226 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29228 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29229 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29230 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29231 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29233 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29234 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29235 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29236 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29237 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29239 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29240 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29244 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29245 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29246 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29250 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29251 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29252 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29253 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29255 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29256 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29257 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29258 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29259 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29263 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29264 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29265 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29266 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29268 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29269 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29270 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29271 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29272 beginning with \"std\").
29274 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29275 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29276 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29281 `--' puts a single comment.
29282 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29283 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29284 with a comment in between.
29285 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29286 out following lines.
29287 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29288 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29290 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29291 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29292 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29293 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29294 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29297 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29298 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29299 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29300 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29301 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29302 multi-line comments.
29306 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29307 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29308 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29309 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29311 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29312 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29313 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29314 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29316 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29317 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29320 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29321 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29325 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29326 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29327 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29328 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29329 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29330 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29331 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29332 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29334 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29335 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29336 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29337 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29338 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29341 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29342 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29343 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29345 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29346 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29350 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29351 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29352 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29353 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29354 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29355 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29358 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29359 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29360 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29361 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29364 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29368 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29369 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29370 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29371 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29372 internal signal initializations (menu).
29374 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29375 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29376 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29378 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29379 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29380 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29381 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29382 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29383 in subsequent paste operations.)
29385 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29386 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29387 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29390 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29391 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29392 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29393 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29394 association list with formals).
29397 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29398 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29399 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29400 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29401 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29402 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29403 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29404 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29409 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29413 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29417 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29418 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29419 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29421 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29422 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29425 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29426 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29427 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29428 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29430 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29431 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29432 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29434 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29435 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29436 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29437 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29439 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29440 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29441 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29442 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29443 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29445 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29446 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29447 required by secondary units.
29450 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29451 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29452 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29453 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29454 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29455 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29456 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29457 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29458 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29459 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29460 inputs to this component -> input port created
29461 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29462 outputs from this component -> output port created
29463 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29464 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29466 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29467 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29468 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29469 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29470 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29472 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29473 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29475 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29476 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29477 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29478 component instantiation is also supported (option
29479 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29481 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29482 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29483 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29484 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29485 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29486 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29487 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29488 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29489 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29490 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29491 | generating the configuration.
29493 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29494 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29495 | configurations in speedbar.
29497 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29500 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29501 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29502 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29503 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29504 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29505 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29506 information. New compilers can be added.
29508 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29509 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29512 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29513 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29514 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29515 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29516 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29518 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29521 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29522 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29523 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29525 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29526 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29527 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29528 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29529 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29530 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29531 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29534 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29535 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29536 not (yet) supported.
29537 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29538 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29539 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29543 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29544 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29545 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29546 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29547 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29548 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29549 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29550 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29552 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29553 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29554 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29555 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29556 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29557 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29558 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29559 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29560 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29561 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29562 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29566 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29567 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29568 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29569 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29570 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29571 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29572 current directory for VHDL source files.
29576 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29577 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29581 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29582 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29583 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29584 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29585 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29586 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29587 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29588 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29591 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29592 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29593 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29594 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29595 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29596 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29597 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29599 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29600 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29601 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29602 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29603 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29604 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29606 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29607 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29608 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29609 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29610 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29613 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29614 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29615 highlighted if written in lower case.
29617 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29618 highlighted using a different background color if option
29619 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29621 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29622 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29623 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29624 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29625 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29629 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29630 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29631 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29635 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29636 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29637 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29638 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29639 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29643 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29644 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29646 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29647 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29648 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29649 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29650 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29651 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29652 (used to obtain the port names).
29656 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29657 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29661 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29662 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29663 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29664 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29665 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29666 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29667 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29672 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29673 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29674 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29675 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29676 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29678 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29679 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29680 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29681 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29682 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29685 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29686 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29690 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29691 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29692 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29694 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29698 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29699 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29701 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29703 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29705 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29709 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29715 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29716 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29718 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29720 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29721 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29722 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29723 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29725 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29726 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29727 where the latest version can be found.
29733 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29734 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29735 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29738 The VHDL Mode Authors
29739 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29750 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17806 44346))
29751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29753 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29754 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29755 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29756 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29758 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29759 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29760 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29761 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29762 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29764 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29765 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29767 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29769 * Limitations and unsupported features
29770 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29772 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29773 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29776 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29777 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29778 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29779 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29780 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29781 for undoing a repeated change command.
29782 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29783 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29784 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29787 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29788 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29789 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29790 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29791 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29792 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29793 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29794 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29796 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29802 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29803 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29804 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29805 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17851 10861))
29806 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29808 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29809 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29811 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29813 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29814 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29815 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29816 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29818 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29820 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29821 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29825 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29826 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29827 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29828 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29830 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29832 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29833 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29837 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29840 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29842 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29845 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29849 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29850 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29851 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17851
29853 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29855 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29856 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29857 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29858 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29860 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29862 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29863 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29864 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29865 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29866 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29867 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29868 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29870 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29874 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29875 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29876 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29877 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29878 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29879 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29880 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29881 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29883 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29887 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29888 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29889 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29890 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29891 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29892 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29893 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29894 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29896 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29900 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29901 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29902 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29903 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29904 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29905 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29906 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29908 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29910 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29911 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29912 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29914 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29916 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29917 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29918 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29919 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29920 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29921 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29922 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29923 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29925 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29927 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29928 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29929 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29931 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29933 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29934 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29935 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29936 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29937 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29938 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29939 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29940 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29942 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29944 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29945 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29946 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29948 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29950 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29951 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29952 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29954 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29955 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29956 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29959 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29960 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29961 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29962 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29963 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29965 H, h, ? This message.
29966 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29967 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29968 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29969 > move to the end of buffer.
29970 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29971 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29972 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29973 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29974 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29975 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29976 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29977 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29978 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29979 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29980 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29981 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29982 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29983 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29984 Use this to view a changing file.
29985 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29986 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29987 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29989 x exchanges point and mark.
29990 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29991 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29992 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29993 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29994 ' go to position saved in character register.
29995 s do forward incremental search.
29996 r do reverse incremental search.
29997 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29998 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29999 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30000 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30001 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30002 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30003 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30004 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30005 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30006 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30007 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30008 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30009 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30010 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30011 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30012 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30013 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30015 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30016 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30017 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30018 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30019 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30020 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30021 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30022 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30023 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30025 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30029 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30030 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30031 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30032 `view-return-to-alist'.
30033 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30034 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30035 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30037 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30038 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30039 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30040 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30041 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30043 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30044 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30045 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30046 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30048 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30050 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30052 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30054 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30055 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30061 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17851
30063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30065 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30066 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30070 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30071 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30077 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30078 ;;;;;; (17852 50694))
30079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30081 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30082 Toggle Viper on/off.
30083 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30087 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30088 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30094 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30095 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
30096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30098 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30099 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30100 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30101 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30102 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30103 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30104 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30105 the beginning of the warning.")
30107 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30108 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30109 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30110 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30111 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30112 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30113 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30114 also call that function before the next warning.")
30116 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30117 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30119 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30120 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30121 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30122 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30124 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30125 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30126 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30127 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30128 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30129 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30131 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30132 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30133 Default is :warning.
30135 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30136 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30137 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30138 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30139 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30140 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30142 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30143 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30145 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30147 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30148 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30150 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30152 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30153 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30154 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30155 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30157 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30158 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30159 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30160 can be whatever you like.)
30162 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30163 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30165 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30166 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30167 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30168 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30169 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30171 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30173 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30174 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30175 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30176 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30177 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30179 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30183 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30184 ;;;;;; (17873 19573))
30185 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30187 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30188 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30189 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30190 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30191 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30200 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17851 10865))
30201 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30203 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30204 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30206 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30209 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30216 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30217 ;;;;;; (17851 10871))
30218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30219 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30220 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30222 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30224 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30225 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30226 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30227 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30228 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30229 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30231 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30233 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30234 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30235 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30236 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30238 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30245 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30246 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30247 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30248 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30249 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30250 ;;;;;; (17851 10849))
30251 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30253 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30254 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30258 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30259 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30263 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30264 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30268 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30269 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30273 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30274 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30278 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30279 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30281 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30282 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30283 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30284 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30285 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30287 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30289 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30290 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30292 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30294 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30295 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30299 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30300 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30301 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30302 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30303 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30307 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30308 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30312 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30314 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30315 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30316 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30317 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30318 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30319 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30321 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30323 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30324 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30325 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30327 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30328 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30332 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30333 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30334 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30340 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30341 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17851 10849))
30342 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30344 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30345 Browse the widget under point.
30349 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30350 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30352 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30354 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30355 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30357 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30359 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30360 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30361 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30367 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30368 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17887
30370 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30372 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30373 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30375 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30377 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30378 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30379 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30381 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30383 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30384 Create widget of TYPE.
30385 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30387 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30389 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30392 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30394 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30395 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30397 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30399 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30401 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30402 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30403 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30405 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30406 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30412 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30413 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17851
30415 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30417 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30418 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30419 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30420 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30421 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30422 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30423 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30427 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30428 Select the window above the current one.
30429 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30430 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30431 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30432 negative ARG) of the current window.
30433 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30437 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30438 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30439 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30440 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30441 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30442 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30443 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30447 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30448 Select the window below the current one.
30449 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30450 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30451 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30452 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30453 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30457 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30458 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30459 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30460 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30462 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30466 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30467 ;;;;;; (17851 10849))
30468 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30470 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30471 Toggle Winner mode.
30472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30473 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30475 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30477 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30478 Toggle Winner mode.
30479 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30485 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30486 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17851 10849))
30487 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30489 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30490 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30491 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30492 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30493 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30494 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30495 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30496 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30498 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30499 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30501 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30503 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30504 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30508 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30509 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30510 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30511 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30512 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30513 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30514 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30515 `woman' command for further details.
30517 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30521 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30522 ;;;;;; (17851 10854))
30523 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30525 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30526 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30529 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30530 are not implemented
30531 - Options for search and replace
30532 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30533 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30535 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30538 The key bindings are:
30548 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30550 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30551 C-l ws-repeat-search
30554 C-r scroll-down-line
30561 C-y kill-complete-line
30564 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30565 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30566 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30567 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30568 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30569 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30570 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30571 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30572 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30573 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30574 C-k b ws-begin-block
30575 C-k c ws-copy-block
30576 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30578 C-k h ws-show-markers
30579 C-k i ws-indent-block
30581 C-k p ws-print-block
30584 C-k s save-some-buffers
30586 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30587 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30588 C-k v ws-move-block
30589 C-k w ws-write-block
30591 C-k y ws-delete-block
30593 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30594 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30595 C-o j justify-current-line
30598 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30599 C-o r set-fill-column
30600 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30601 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30602 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30603 C-o wo other-window
30604 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30606 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30607 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30608 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30609 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30610 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30611 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30612 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30613 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30614 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30615 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30616 C-q a ws-query-replace
30617 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30618 C-q c end-of-buffer
30621 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30623 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30624 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30625 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30626 C-q w ws-last-error
30628 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30634 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30635 ;;;;;; (17851 10850))
30636 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30638 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30639 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30640 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30641 Returns the top node with all its children.
30642 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30643 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30645 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30647 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30648 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30649 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30650 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30651 is not well-formed XML.
30652 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30653 and returned as the first element of the list.
30654 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30656 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30660 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17851
30662 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30664 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30665 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30666 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30669 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30671 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30673 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30674 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30675 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30677 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30678 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30679 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30680 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30681 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30682 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30688 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30689 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17851 10860))
30690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30692 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30693 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30695 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30697 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30698 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30704 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30705 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17851 10866))
30706 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30708 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30709 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30711 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30713 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30714 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30716 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30718 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30719 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30720 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30722 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30724 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30725 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30731 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17851 10866))
30732 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30734 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30735 Zone out, completely.
30741 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30742 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30743 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30744 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30745 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30746 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30747 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30748 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30749 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30750 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30751 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30752 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30753 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30754 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30755 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30756 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30757 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30758 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30759 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30760 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30761 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30762 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30763 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30764 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30765 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30766 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30767 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30768 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30769 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30770 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30771 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30772 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30773 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30774 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30775 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30776 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30777 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30778 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30779 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30780 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30781 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30782 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30783 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30784 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30785 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30786 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30787 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30788 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30789 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30790 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30791 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30792 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30793 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30794 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30795 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30796 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30797 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30798 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30799 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30800 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30801 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30802 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30803 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30804 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30805 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30806 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30807 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30819 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30829 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30830 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30831 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30832 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30833 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30834 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30835 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30836 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30837 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30838 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30839 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30840 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30841 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30842 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30843 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30844 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30845 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30846 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30847 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30848 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30849 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30850 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30851 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30852 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30853 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30854 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30855 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30856 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30857 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30858 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30859 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30860 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30861 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30862 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30863 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30864 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30865 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30866 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30867 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30868 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30869 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30870 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30871 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17887 8772 360075))
30875 ;; Local Variables:
30876 ;; version-control: never
30877 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30878 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30880 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here